WO2020105523A1 - Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device

Info

Publication number
WO2020105523A1
WO2020105523A1 PCT/JP2019/044494 JP2019044494W WO2020105523A1 WO 2020105523 A1 WO2020105523 A1 WO 2020105523A1 JP 2019044494 W JP2019044494 W JP 2019044494W WO 2020105523 A1 WO2020105523 A1 WO 2020105523A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
repeating unit
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/044494
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
直紘 丹呉
惠瑜 王
秀知 高橋
研由 後藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2020558319A priority Critical patent/JP7239611B2/en
Publication of WO2020105523A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020105523A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • C08F220/28Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing no aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • immersion exposure is used as a pattern forming method that enables finer processing.
  • Patent Document 1 as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition suitable for immersion exposure, a first polymer having a fluorine atom and a structural unit containing a group of a specific structure, and an acid Disclosed is a resist composition containing a second polymer having a structural unit containing a dissociative group and a radiation-sensitive acid generator.
  • the present inventors examined the resist composition described in Patent Document 1, and found that a resist film (a film of an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition) formed by the resist composition was exposed before and after exposure. It has been clarified that the line width dimension of the pattern obtained after exposure and development varies when the film is left behind after the exposure. That is, it has been found that there is room for further improving the stability of the resist film over time.
  • a resist film a film of an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a predetermined composition can solve the above problems, and completed the present invention.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin X, a resin Y, a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and a solvent
  • the resin X is a resin whose solubility in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid, and is selected from a repeating unit A derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group A described later and a monomer group B described later.
  • a repeating unit B derived from one or more monomers contains at least one repeating unit of a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the formula (I) described below and a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the formula (II) described below,
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition wherein a film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition has a receding contact angle with water of 73 ° or more.
  • the repeating unit D1 contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (Y-1) described below, and the repeating unit D2 contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (Y-2) described below [1]
  • a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the pattern forming method according to [12] or [13].
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a resist film having excellent stability over time with storage. Further, according to the present invention, there can be provided a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • actinic ray or “radiation” used herein refers to, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB). : Electron Beam) and the like.
  • light as used herein means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification means not only exposure using a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams, and It also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
  • “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the “organic group” refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC-manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
  • the pKa (acid dissociation constant pKa) represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is described in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). Is defined.
  • the value of pKa is calculated by using the software package 1 below, based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values. All the pKa values described herein are the values calculated by using this software package.
  • notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the kind of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when the phrase “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, 1, 2, 3, or more.
  • the substituent include a monovalent non-metallic atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, which can be selected from the following substituent group T, for example.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group
  • an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group
  • Alkoxycarbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group
  • Acyloxy group such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group
  • an alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group
  • composition of the present invention A feature of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “composition of the present invention”) is that the resin X described later (the solubility of which in an alkali developing solution increases due to the action of an acid). Resin) and a resin Y described below, and a film formed by using the above composition under the conditions described below has a receding contact angle of 73 ° or more with respect to water. Although the mechanism of action has not been clarified, the present inventors have made clear that the resist film obtained from the above composition has remarkably excellent stability over time. In particular, when the receding contact angle is 81 ° or more, the stability with storage over time is further improved. In the following, first, each component of the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the composition of the present invention comprises resin X.
  • the resin X is a resin whose solubility in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “acid-decomposable resin”), and a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter, referred to as “acid Also referred to as a "degradable group”).
  • acid-decomposable resin a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity
  • acid Also referred to as a "degradable group” typically, when an alkali developing solution is used as a developing solution, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developing solution is used as a developing solution, a negative pattern is typically used. Are preferably formed.
  • the resin X contains a repeating unit A derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group A described below and a repeating unit B derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group B described below.
  • the repeating unit B derived from the monomer in the monomer group B corresponds to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin X preferably further contains a repeating unit C derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group C described later.
  • repeating unit A the repeating unit B, and the repeating unit C will be described in detail.
  • the repeating unit A is a repeating unit derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group A shown below.
  • the following monomer group A1 is preferable because the receding contact angle of the resist film to be formed is more easily adjusted.
  • the resin X may include the repeating unit A alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit A contained in the resin X (when there are a plurality of repeating units A, the total thereof) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 20 to 70 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin X. Is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is even more preferable.
  • the repeating unit B is a repeating unit derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group B shown below.
  • the following monomer group B1 is preferable because the receding contact angle of the resist film to be formed is more easily adjusted.
  • the resin X may contain the repeating unit B alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit B contained in the resin X (when there are a plurality of repeating units B, the total thereof) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 25 to 80 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin X. Is more preferable, and 30 to 60 mol% is even more preferable.
  • the repeating unit C is a repeating unit derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group C shown below.
  • the repeating unit C is preferably a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (c-2), because the receding contact angle of the resist film to be formed is more easily adjusted.
  • the resin X may include the repeating unit C alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit C contained in the resin X (when there are plural repeating units C, the total thereof) is 5 to 5 with respect to all the repeating units of the resin X. 30 mol% is preferable, 5 to 20 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 15 mol% is further preferable.
  • resins represented by the following formulas (X-1) to (X-10) are preferable.
  • the resins represented by the following formulas (X-1) to (X-10) mean a resin containing a repeating unit in each formula, and the content of each repeating unit is not particularly limited.
  • the resin represented by the formula (X-1) only needs to contain four repeating units, and the content of each repeating unit is not limited.
  • * In the formula represents a bonding position.
  • the resin X includes, as other repeating units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and resolution and heat resistance which are general necessary properties of resist. It may have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting properties, sensitivity and the like. Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units derived from a predetermined monomer.
  • the resin X can be synthesized by a known method.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin X is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and further 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
  • the resin X may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin X is typically 20.0% by mass or more, preferably 40.0% by mass or more, and 60.0% by mass based on the total solid content.
  • the above is more preferable, and 80.0 mass% or more is still more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 97.0% by mass or less.
  • the solid content is intended to mean a component excluding the solvent in the composition, and a liquid component is regarded as a solid content as long as it is a component other than the solvent.
  • the composition of the present invention comprises resin Y.
  • the resin Y is a resin different from the resin X, and contains at least a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the formula (I) described below and a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the formula (II) described below. Contains one repeating unit. It is presumed that the repeating unit D1 and the repeating unit D2 have high water repellency due to their structural characteristics and are unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, which is one of the factors that increase the receding contact angle of the formed resist film. it is conceivable that.
  • the repeating unit D1 includes a group represented by the following formula (I).
  • R 1 represents a monovalent alkali-dissociable group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • M represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • L represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and having a carbon atom bonded to an adjacent carbonyl group. The L and the M may be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members. * Represents a bond.
  • the "alkali dissociative group” is a group that substitutes a hydrogen atom in a polar functional group such as a carboxy group, and in the presence of an alkali (in a tetramethylammonium hydroxide 2.38 mass% aqueous solution at 23 ° C).
  • a group that dissociates with The monovalent alkali dissociative group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 1 is not particularly limited as long as it dissociates in the presence of alkali to generate a polar group.
  • Examples of the alkali dissociative group include a monovalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkali dissociative group when a fluorine atom is bonded to at least one of the carbon atom bonded to the carbonyl group of the ester bond adjacent to R 1 and the carbon atom bonded to the carbon atom, for example, 1
  • examples thereof include a valent hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group, an alkenyl group such as an ethenyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, and a pentenyl group, and an ethynyl group.
  • a chain hydrocarbon group such as an alkynyl group such as a propynyl group, a butynyl group and a pentynyl group; a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, and a cyclohexynyl group
  • Alicyclic hydrocarbon group aryl group such as phenyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group, and naphthyl group; and aromatic hydrocarbon group such as aralkyl group such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, and phenylpropyl group; Can be mentioned.
  • the monovalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group includes, for example, a group obtained by substituting a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the monovalent hydrocarbon group with fluorine atoms.
  • the alkali dissociable group is preferably a fluorinated hydrocarbon group, and a fluorine atom is bonded to at least one of the carbon atom bonded to the carbonyl group of the ester bond adjacent to R 1 and the carbon atom bonded to this carbon atom. More preferred is a fluorinated hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkali dissociative group preferably has a primary or secondary carbon atom bonded to an adjacent oxygen atom from the viewpoint of enhancing alkali dissociability.
  • 2 is preferable as the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms of the alkali-dissociable group.
  • the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the alkali-dissociable group is preferably 10, more preferably 8, and even more preferably 6.
  • Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by M include alkanediyl group such as methanediyl group, ethanediyl group, propanediyl group, and butanediyl group, ethenediyl group, propenediyl group, and butenediyl group.
  • Chain hydrocarbon groups such as alkynediyl groups such as groups, and ethynediyl groups, propynediyl groups, and butynediyl groups; monocyclic cycloalkanediyl groups such as cyclobutanediyl groups, cyclopentanediyl groups, and cyclohexanediyl groups Group, cyclobutenediyl group, cyclopentenediyl group, and monocyclic cycloalkenediyl group such as cyclohexenediyl group, norbornanediyl group, tricyclodecanediyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkanediyl group such as adamantanediyl group, and , Norbornenediyl group, and alicyclic hydrocarbon group such as polycyclic cycloalkenediyl group such as tricyclodecenediyl group; ar
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by M may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an ether group, an ester group, a hydrocarbon group, and a fluorinated hydrocarbon group.
  • a halogen atom or a fluorinated hydrocarbon group is preferable, and a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
  • the above-mentioned substituents may be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members.
  • the alicyclic structure or aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members include oxacyclopentane structure, oxacycloalkane structure such as oxacyclohexane structure; dioxacyclopentane structure, and dioxacyclohexane structure.
  • other lactone structures such as butyrolactone structure and valerolactone structure.
  • an oxacycloalkane structure or a lactone structure is preferable, and an oxacyclohexane structure or a valerolactone structure is more preferable.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by L include hydrocarbon groups similar to those exemplified as M above, and a hetero atom between carbon and carbon of the hydrocarbon group. Examples thereof include a group having a group.
  • the group containing a hetero atom which may be contained between carbon and carbon is, for example, one selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —NR A —, —CO—, and —CS—. Alternatively, a group in which two or more kinds are combined is included.
  • R A is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R A include the same hydrocarbon groups as those exemplified as R 1 above.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the divalent organic group represented by L is preferably 10, more preferably 8, and even more preferably 6.
  • the divalent organic group represented by L is preferably a chain hydrocarbon group and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkanediyl group or a cycloalkanediyl group, a methanediyl group or a cyclohexanediyl group. More preferred are groups.
  • Examples of the alicyclic structure or aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members formed by the above L and M bonded to each other include cyclopentane structure, cycloalkane structure such as cyclohexane structure; butyrolactone structure. And a lactone structure such as a valerolactone structure. Of these, an alicyclic structure is preferable, and a cyclohexane structure is more preferable.
  • the repeating unit D1 is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (IA), and more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Y-1).
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Z represents a group represented by the above formula (I).
  • the resin Y may contain the repeating unit D1 alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit D1 contained in the resin Y (when a plurality of repeating units D1 is present, the total thereof) is 20 mol based on all repeating units of the resin Y. % Or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, further preferably 50 mol% or more, particularly preferably 60 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 75 mol% or less.
  • the repeating unit D2 is a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (II).
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, or a halogen atom.
  • R 12 represents a fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a group represented by the formula (IIA).
  • R 13 and R 14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a 11 and A 12 are each independently alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or * -A 13 -X 11 - (A 14 -X 12) a-A 15 - represents a.
  • a 11 and A 12 the carbon atom bonded to the oxygen atom is not a tertiary carbon atom.
  • a 13 , A 14 and A 15 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • X 11 and X 12 each independently represent an oxygen atom, —CO—O—, or —O—CO—.
  • a represents 0 or 1.
  • a T1 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which has ⁇ 1 carbon atoms which may 18 have a fluorine atom.
  • X T1 represents —CO—O— or —O—CO—.
  • a T2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, which may have a fluorine atom. However, at least one of A T1 and A T2 contains one or more fluorine atoms. * Represents a bond with the carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the halogen atom in the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom represented by R 11 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom represented by R 11 include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group and sec-butyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 11 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Among them, R 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 12 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom and a carbon number having a fluorine atom. Examples thereof include 1 to 10 alicyclic hydrocarbon groups.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom, and specifically, difluoromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 1, 1-difluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, perfluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro Propyl group, 1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoropropyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropyl group, perfluoropropyl group, perfluoroethylmethyl group, 1- (trifluoromethyl ) -1,2,2,2-Tetrafluoroethyl group, 1- (trifluoromethyl) -2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2-te
  • Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom include a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom, and specific examples thereof include a perfluorocyclohexyl group and a perfluoroadamantyl group. Is mentioned.
  • the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and optionally having a fluorine atom represented by AT 1 in the formula (IIA) is, for example, a carbon optionally having a fluorine atom.
  • Examples thereof include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, which may have a fluorine atom.
  • the alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • alkanediyl group of A T1 ⁇ 1 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom represented by 18, methylene bridge, ethanediyl group, propanediyl, butanediyl group, and is represented by R 12 And a divalent group formed by removing one hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom from the group exemplified as the fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkanediyl group, and more preferably a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the monocyclic divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include a cyclohexanediyl group and a perfluorocyclohexanediyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include an adamantanediyl group, a norbornanediyl group, and a perfluoroadamantanediyl group.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group A T2 fluorine atom has optionally 1 carbon atoms which may be ⁇ 17 aliphatic hydrocarbon group which has 1-3 carbon atoms which may 12 have a fluorine atom is preferable, a fluorine An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an atom is more preferable.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group A T2 fluorine atom has carbon atoms that may 1 be ⁇ 17, for example, an alkyl group having fluorine atoms and 1 carbon atoms which may have a 17, and a fluorine atom Examples thereof include alicyclic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be possessed.
  • alkyl groups of A T2 by fluorine atoms and 1 carbon atoms which may have a 17 represented is a methyl group, an ethyl group, n- propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- butyl group, sec- Examples thereof include a butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an n-hexyl group, and groups exemplified as the fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 12 .
  • examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom include a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. Include a cyclohexyl group, a perfluorocyclohexyl group, and the like.
  • At least one of A T1 and A T2 contains one or more fluorine atoms.
  • a T1 contains a fluorine atom.
  • R 12 is preferably a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a group represented by formula (IIA), and more preferably a group represented by formula (IIA). ..
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 13 and R 14 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, still more preferably a methyl group.
  • alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , A 14 , and A 15 examples include methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1, 4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, and linear alkanediyl group such as hexane-1,6-diyl group; ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, Butane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, and 2-methylbutane-1,4 A branched alkanediyl group such as a diyl group; Among them, A 11 and A 12 are preferably alkanediyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more
  • repeating unit D2 a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Y-2) is preferable.
  • the resin Y may contain the repeating unit D2 alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit D2 contained in the resin Y (when there are a plurality of repeating units D2, the total thereof) is 10 mol with respect to all the repeating units of the resin Y. % Or more, preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, further preferably 50 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 45 mol% or less.
  • the resin Y may contain a repeating unit other than the repeating unit D1 and the repeating unit D2.
  • Other repeating units are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a repeating unit having a group (acid-decomposable group) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity, and a repeating unit having a hydrophobic group.
  • a repeating unit having a group acid-decomposable group
  • a repeating unit having a hydrophobic group will be described in detail.
  • the acid-decomposable group includes a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group that decomposes and leaves by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • a polar group carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group , Bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, etc.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and is a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group) directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and the ⁇ -position of the hydroxyl group is electron withdrawing such as a fluorine atom.
  • Aliphatic alcohols substituted with a sexual group for example, a hexafluoroisopropanol group and the like
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 to 20.
  • the polar group is preferably a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group.
  • Preferred groups as the acid-decomposable group are groups in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is replaced with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group) include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and — Examples thereof include C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ).
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and hexyl. Group and octyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic ring is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododecyl group. , And androstanyl group and the like.
  • one or more carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or the like, and the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • a tertiary alkyl ester group, an acetal group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, or an acetal ester group is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
  • the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AI).
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—Rt—, and —O—Rt—.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an arylene group.
  • T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-.
  • Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably —CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 — or — (CH 2 ) 3 —.
  • T is more preferably a single bond.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group. , Isobutyl group, t-butyl group and the like are preferable.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and further preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • a part of carbon-carbon bonds may be a double bond.
  • the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 may be a monocycle or a polycycle.
  • the monocyclic ring include monocyclic cycloalkane rings such as cyclopentyl ring, cyclohexyl ring, cycloheptyl ring, and cyclooctane ring.
  • polycycles include polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, and adamantane ring.
  • a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is preferable.
  • the ring formed by combining two Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 the following rings are also preferable.
  • the resin Y may include one type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, or may include two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (when there are a plurality of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group, the total thereof) is It is, for example, 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the repeating unit.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 40 mol% or less, preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the resin Y is a fluorine atom, a group having a fluorine atom, a group having a silicon atom, a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, a carbon atom, or a carbon atom from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an aryl group having a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having a fluorine atom is preferably a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (eg, hexafluoroisopropyl group).
  • Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include a phenyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Examples of the group having a silicon atom include an alkylsilyl group.
  • Examples of the alkylsilyl group include a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, and a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group.
  • linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a 2-ethylhexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group and the like.
  • aryl group having 9 or more carbon atoms examples include an aryl group having a polycyclic structure formed by combining two or more 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon rings.
  • an aralkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms for example, an aralkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, 1-naphthylmethyl group, 1- (1-naphthyl) ethyl group, triphenylmethyl group. , And a pyrenylmethyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group substituted with at least one linear or branched alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms include, for example, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms) or Examples thereof include a phenyl group substituted with a branched chain alkyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group substituted with at least one cyclic alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms include a phenyl group substituted with a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms). Is mentioned.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophobic group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AII).
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by T in formula (AII) has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by T in formula (AI) described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • T is preferably a single bond.
  • Xb 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • the halogen atom and monovalent organic group represented by Xb 1 in formula (AII) have the same meanings as the halogen atom and monovalent organic group represented by Xa 1 in formula (AI), and are preferable.
  • the mode is also the same.
  • Xb 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Y 1 represents the above-mentioned hydrophobic group.
  • the resin Y may contain one kind of repeating unit having a hydrophobic group, or may contain two or more kinds in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a hydrophobic group (when there are a plurality of repeating units having a hydrophobic group, the total thereof) is On the other hand, it is, for example, 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 60 mol% or less, preferably 50 mol% or less.
  • the resin Y does not substantially include the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • substantially free means that the content of the repeating unit containing the acid-decomposable group in the resin Y is 5 mol% or less based on all the repeating units of the resin Y. Therefore, the upper limit is preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or less, still more preferably 0 mol%.
  • the number of repeating units constituting the resin Y is not particularly limited.
  • the resin Y is preferably composed of, for example, 1 to 5 types of repeating units.
  • the phrase "resin Y is composed of 1 to 5 kinds of repeating units” means that 1 to 5 kinds of repeating units are contained in a content of 5 mol% or more based on all repeating units of resin Y. The intention is to have been.
  • the resin Y contains the repeating unit D1 mentioned above, it is more preferable that the resin Y is composed of one kind or four or more kinds of repeating units.
  • the resin Y includes the repeating unit D2 described above, the resin Y is more preferably composed of three or more kinds of repeating units.
  • the resin Y can be synthesized by a known method.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin Y is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and further 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
  • the resin Y may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin Y is, for example, 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and 2.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content. More preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10.0 mass% or less, more preferably 6.0 mass% or less, and further preferably 5.0 mass% or less.
  • the content of the resin Y is, for example, 2.0 parts by mass or more, and preferably 5.5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin X.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 10.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin Y is, for example, 2.0 parts by mass or more, and preferably 5.0 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin X.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 10.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “photoacid generator”).
  • the photo-acid generator referred to here is a photo-acid generator that is usually used for causing a deprotection reaction of a resin component (deprotection reaction of an acid-decomposable resin) or for causing a crosslinking reaction of a resin component.
  • a compound that generates an organic acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable.
  • Examples thereof include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
  • photo-acid generator known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used.
  • paragraphs [0125] to [0319] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs [0086] to [0094] of US Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1
  • US Patent Application Publication 2016 / Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0323] to [0402] of the specification of 0237190A1 can be preferably used as the photoacid generator.
  • photoacid generator for example, compounds represented by the following formula (ZI), formula (ZII) or formula (ZIII) are preferable.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, etc.), and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 — Can be mentioned.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the photo-acid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), at least one and is a single bond or a linking of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI) It may be a compound having a structure bonded via a group.
  • the compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compound examples include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 15 carbon atoms. Is preferred, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), or an aryl group. It may have a substituent (eg, having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group.
  • the compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 each independently is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and is a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group.
  • a carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a straight chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • this ring structure may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more members out of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c or R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • Zc - represents an anion.
  • the compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following formula (ZI-4).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • R 13 represents a group having a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 14 represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 14's each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
  • R 15's each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • Two R 15's may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • it is preferable that two R 15's are alkylene groups and they are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group or a t-butyl group.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include a straight chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, Propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, etc.) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, etc.) is preferable.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, for carbon Examples thereof include an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf's are fluorine atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the formula (3).
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • the Ls may be the same or different.
  • -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group -, or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of this aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Polycyclic compounds can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocycle having no aromaticity examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
  • the above cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • this substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic, or spirocyclic). It may be any, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide And a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be carbonyl carbon.
  • L, q, and W are the same as those in Expression (3).
  • Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - The, by the following equation (4) The anions represented are also preferred.
  • X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. Is more preferable.
  • both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
  • L, q, and W are the same as in equation (3).
  • Xa's each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • Xb's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • the definitions and preferred embodiments of o, p, q, R 4 , R 5 , L, and W are the same as those in formula (3).
  • Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion, branched It is preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a cyclic alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and the-(DB) group. Further, examples of the substituent which may be included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • ⁇ N represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and even more preferably 3.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonate ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more thereof.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group
  • D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
  • B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
  • Anion Z in formula (ZI) -, anions Z in the formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - shows the preferred embodiment below.
  • composition of the present invention is, among others, one or more photoacids selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (P-1) to (P-8), in that the receding contact angle of the resist film formed is further increased. It is preferable to include a generator.
  • photo-acid generator that can be contained in the composition of the present invention is shown below. In addition, you may use these together.
  • the photo-acid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, as the photoacid generator, a photoacid generator in the form of a low molecular compound and a photoacid generator in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound. When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, still more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the photo-acid generator When the photo-acid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin X described above, or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin X.
  • the photo-acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photo-acid generator (when plural kinds are present, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 35.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 0.5 to 25. 0.0 mass% is more preferable, and 3.0 to 20.0 mass% is further preferable.
  • the content of the photo-acid generator contained in the composition (when a plurality of types are present, the total amount thereof is included). ) Is preferably 5.0 to 35.0% by mass, and more preferably 7.0 to 30.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • a known resist solvent can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs [0665] to [0670] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs [0210] to [0235] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1.
  • Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0424] to [0426] of the specification and paragraphs [0357] to [0366] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 can be preferably used.
  • Examples of the solvent that can be used when preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms),
  • Examples of the organic solvent include a monoketone compound which may have a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
  • a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure with a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group, and the solvent having no hydroxyl group the above-exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but as the solvent having a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate or the like is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • the solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, an alkylalkoxypropionate, a monoketone compound which may have a ring, a cyclic lactone, an alkyl acetate or the like, among which propylene glycol.
  • Monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxypropionate, cyclohexanone , Cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone are more preferred.
  • Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent having no hydroxyl group.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be a single solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an acid diffusion controller as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the acid diffusion control agent acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photo-acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess acid generated.
  • Examples of the acid diffusion control agent are basic compounds (CA), basic compounds (CB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and weak acids relatively to the photoacid generator.
  • An onium salt (CC), a low molecular weight compound (CD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, or an onium salt compound (CE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion as an acid diffusion controller Can be used.
  • a known acid diffusion control agent can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1.
  • the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of the specification and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 can be suitably used as the acid diffusion controller. ..
  • the basic compound (CA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or aryl. Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group in formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • CA basic compound
  • guanidine aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like are preferable, and an imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure,
  • a compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond is more preferable.
  • the basic compound (CB) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (CB)”) whose basicity decreases or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group and contains actinic rays or It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with radiation and its proton acceptor property is reduced or disappears, or the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether, or ⁇ -conjugated.
  • a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • Examples of preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (CB) decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to reduce or disappear the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to acidic is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, and Means that, when a proton adduct is produced from a compound (CB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium decreases.
  • the proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (CB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ -1, more preferably -13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ -1. It is more preferable that 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ -3 is satisfied.
  • an onium salt which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator
  • an onium salt which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator
  • the photoacid generator is exposed to actinic rays or radiation.
  • salt exchange releases the weak acid to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic activity, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • onium salt which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator
  • compounds represented by the following formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.
  • R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (provided that the carbon atom adjacent to S is a carbon atom).
  • R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group
  • Rf is a fluorine atom.
  • M + are each independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation, or an iodonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified by the formula (ZII).
  • compound (CCA) is preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond that links the cation site and the anion site.
  • —X ⁇ represents an anion moiety selected from —COO ⁇ , —SO 3 ⁇ , —SO 2 ⁇ , and —N ⁇ —R 4 .
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to represent one divalent substituent, which may be bonded to the N atom by a double bond.
  • Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group and a cycloalkylamino. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group. Of these, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable.
  • L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or these two types. Examples thereof include groups formed by combining the above.
  • L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the low molecular weight compound (CD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on a nitrogen atom. It is preferably an amine derivative having The group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and more preferably a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. ..
  • the molecular weight of the compound (CD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, still more preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (CD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following formula (d-1).
  • Rb is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aralkyl group ( It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb's may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are each independently a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. It may be substituted with an atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
  • Rb a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
  • the ring formed by connecting two Rb's to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons, and derivatives thereof.
  • Specific structures of the group represented by the formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph [0466] of US Patent Publication US2012 / 0135348A1.
  • the compound (CD) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (6).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocycle with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in the above formula (d-1), and the preferred examples are also the same.
  • the alkyl group as Ra, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, and the aralkyl group may be independently substituted with the alkyl group as Rb, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, and the aralkyl group.
  • the group may be substituted with the same groups as those mentioned above.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group for Ra include the same groups as those described above for Rb. Be done.
  • Specific examples of the particularly preferred compound (CD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of US Patent Application Publication 2012 / 0135348A1.
  • the onium salt compound (CE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety is preferably a compound having a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety.
  • the basic moiety is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. It is further preferred that all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom or the like) is not directly bonded to a nitrogen atom.
  • Specific preferred examples of the compound (CE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0203] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 03094080A1.
  • the acid diffusion controlling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the content of the acid diffusion controlling agent (when plural kinds are present, the total thereof) is 0.1 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. Is preferred, and 0.1 to 7.0 mass% is more preferred.
  • the composition of the present invention may include a hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin mentioned here does not include the resin X and the resin Y described above.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, it is easy to control the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the resist film. This makes it possible to improve the developing characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve the immersion liquid following property in the immersion exposure, and reduce the immersion defects.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar / nonpolar substance is uniformly mixed. Need not contribute to
  • the hydrophobic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer.
  • a resin having a repeating unit containing a seed is preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be contained in the side chain. May be.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom
  • it is preferably a resin having a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group, a fluorine atom-containing cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom-containing aryl group as the fluorine atom-containing partial structure.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • (y) Group that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developing solution to increase its solubility in the alkali developing solution hereinafter, also referred to as a polar conversion group.
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl) Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) Examples thereof include a methylene group.
  • a fluorinated alcohol group preferably hexafluoroisopropanol
  • a sulfonimide group preferably hexafluoroisopropano
  • Examples of the group (y) that is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—), an acid anhydride group (—C (O) OC). (O)-), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is, for example, a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include repeating units of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduced at the terminal of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups during the polymerization.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (y), which is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer, is preferably 1 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is further preferable.
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin is the same as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group that can be contained in the resin Y described above.
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and further preferably 20 to 20 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin may further have a repeating unit other than the above-mentioned repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit having a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating unit having a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion
  • a form in which the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably substantially composed of only the repeating unit composed of only atoms selected from carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom, nitrogen atom and sulfur atom.
  • the standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the (hydrophobic resin) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of the residual monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • hydrophobic resin a known resin can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used.
  • known resins disclosed in paragraphs [0451] to [0704] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0168830A1 and paragraphs [0340] to [0356] of US Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0274458A1. Can be suitably used as the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs [0177] to [0258] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1 are also preferable as the repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin.
  • hydrophobic resin that can be contained in the composition of the present invention are shown below.
  • the hydrophobic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is preferable to mix and use two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins having different surface energies, from the viewpoint of achieving both the immersion liquid following property in the immersion exposure and the developing property.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, and 0.05 to 8.0% by mass based on the total solid content in the composition. % Is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may include a surfactant.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom). ..
  • composition of the present invention contains a surfactant
  • a surfactant when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, it is easy to obtain a pattern with good sensitivity and resolution and less adhesiveness and development defects.
  • the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. Further, a surfactant other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant described in paragraph [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant (when a plurality of the compounds is contained, the total content thereof) is 0.0001 to 2 mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % Is preferable, and 0.0005 to 1 mass% is more preferable.
  • the content of the surfactant is 10 mass ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin increases. As a result, the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water following property during immersion exposure is improved.
  • composition of the present invention further comprises a resin other than those described above, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, an acid proliferating agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, or a dissolution agent. It may contain a promoter and the like.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and further preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass. That is, when the composition contains a solvent, the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably adjusted so as to satisfy the preferable range of the solid content concentration.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the resist components other than the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition. It is possible to adjust the thickness of the resist film comprising the composition of the present invention by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range so as to have an appropriate viscosity and improving the coatability or film-forming property.
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent (preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent), filtering this, and coating it on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • a predetermined organic solvent preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less.
  • This filter is preferably a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters are connected in series or in parallel. It may be connected to and filtered.
  • the composition may be filtered multiple times. Further, the composition may be subjected to deaeration treatment before and after filtration with a filter.
  • the receding contact angle (RCA) of the film formed from the composition of the present invention with respect to water is 73 ° or more, preferably 76 ° or more, more preferably 80 ° or more, and further preferably 81 ° or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is often 90 ° or less.
  • "receding contact angle of film with respect to water” means the receding contact angle of a film formed under the following conditions. ⁇ Film forming conditions>
  • the composition of the present invention is applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating and then baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a film having a thickness of 100 nm.
  • the receding contact angle (RCA) can be controlled to 73 ° or more by adjusting, for example, the type and the molar ratio of the repeating unit in the resin Y and the content of the resin Y in the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which reacts upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to change its properties. More specifically, the composition of the present invention comprises a semiconductor manufacturing process such as IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board such as liquid crystal or a thermal head, a mold structure for imprinting, other photofabrication process, or The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition.
  • the pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) and the like.
  • the present invention also relates to a pattern forming method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described below. Further, the resist film of the present invention will be described together with the description of the pattern forming method.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is (I) A step of forming a resist film (actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on a support using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist film forming step (film forming step) ), (Ii) a step of exposing (irradiating with actinic rays or radiation) the resist film (exposure step); and (Iii) a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developer (developing step), Have.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the steps (i) to (iii) described above, and may further include the following steps.
  • the exposure method in the exposure step (ii) is immersion exposure at a scan speed of 700 mm / s or more.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) pre-heating (PB: PreBake) step before the (ii) exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) post-exposure bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) step after (ii) exposure step and before (iii) development step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) the exposure step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iv) the preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) the post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
  • the above-mentioned (i) resist film forming step (film forming step), (ii) exposing step, and (iii) developing step can be performed by a generally known method.
  • the film thickness of the resist film is preferably 110 nm or less, more preferably 95 nm or less.
  • a resist underlayer film eg, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and antireflection film
  • SOG Spin On Glass
  • SOC Spin On Carbon
  • antireflection film As a material forming the resist underlayer film, a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used.
  • a protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • a known material can be appropriately used for the protective film.
  • the protective film forming composition disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be preferably used.
  • the protective film forming composition preferably contains the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
  • a protective film may be formed on the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and a substrate that is generally used in a manufacturing process of a semiconductor such as an IC or a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other lithography process of photofabrication is used. it can.
  • Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., and more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. both in the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and further preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both the (iv) preheating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure device and the developing device, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure step is not limited, but examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray, and electron beam. Of these, far-ultraviolet light is preferable, and its wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, still more preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam or the like is preferable, and KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is more preferable, and ArF excimer laser is further preferable.
  • an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer) may be used.
  • the alkali developer a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is usually used, but in addition to this, an alkaline aqueous solution of an inorganic alkali, a primary to tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, a cyclic amine, or the like can also be used. It can be used. Furthermore, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohols and / or a surfactant.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10 to 15.
  • the time for developing with an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds. The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developing solution can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent.
  • a ketone solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent.
  • a hydrocarbon solvent Preferably.
  • ketone solvent examples include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples thereof include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvent examples include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl acetate.
  • examples thereof include butyl acid salt, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
  • the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 can be used.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or a solvent other than the above or water may be mixed.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developing solution is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, further preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and 95 to 100% by mass based on the total amount of the developing solution. % Is particularly preferred.
  • the developer may contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant if necessary.
  • the content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer may contain an acid diffusion controller.
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of dipping the substrate in a tank filled with the developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and resting for a certain period of time (paddle method), and a substrate.
  • Examples include a method of spraying the developing solution on the surface (spray method) and a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning the developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed on a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method). Be done.
  • the step of developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing with a developing solution containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined.
  • alkali developing step an alkaline aqueous solution
  • organic solvent developing step an organic solvent developing step
  • pure water can be used, for example. Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • a treatment of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added.
  • a heat treatment may be performed to remove the water remaining in the pattern.
  • the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the developing step using the developer containing the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used.
  • the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the ketone-based solvent, the ester-based solvent, the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, and the ether-based solvent include the same solvents as those described in the developer containing the organic solvent.
  • a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol.
  • the monohydric alcohol preferably has 5 or more carbon atoms, and examples thereof include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol and 3-methyl-1-butanol. , And methyl isobutyl carbinol.
  • a plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above and used.
  • the water content in the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the developing step using the developer containing the organic solvent is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass or less. When the water content is 10% by mass or less, good developing characteristics can be obtained.
  • the rinse solution after the development step using the developer containing an organic solvent may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • the developed substrate is washed with a rinse solution.
  • the method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), or immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time
  • a method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), or the like can be used.
  • a method of performing a cleaning treatment by a spin coating method, rotating the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm after the cleaning, and removing the rinse liquid from the substrate is preferable.
  • the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C.
  • the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention for example, a resist solvent, a developer, a rinse solution, an antireflection film-forming composition, or a top layer. It is preferable that the coating forming composition) does not contain impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers.
  • the content of these impurities contained in the above various materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, further preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and substantially no content (detection by a measuring device) Below the limit) is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from the above various materials include filtration using a filter.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, still more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.
  • a filter previously washed with an organic solvent may be used.
  • plural kinds of filters may be connected in series or in parallel and used. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore sizes and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • a filter with reduced eluate as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (JP-A-2016-201426) is preferable.
  • an adsorbent may be used to remove impurities, and filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • a known adsorbent can be used, and for example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used.
  • the metal adsorbent examples include the materials disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (JP-A-2016-206500). Further, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material forming various materials, a filter for the raw materials forming various materials is filtered, Alternatively, a method may be mentioned in which the inside of the apparatus is lined with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like to carry out distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible.
  • Teflon registered trademark
  • Preferable conditions for the filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting various materials are the same as the above-mentioned conditions.
  • US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0227049 Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351 (JP-A-2015-123351), and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. It is preferably stored in a container described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-13804 (JP-A-2017-13804).
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern for example, a method of treating the pattern with a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen, which is disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957, can be mentioned.
  • Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-2354608
  • United States Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297 United States Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297
  • Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement” may be applied.
  • the pattern formed by the above method is a spacer disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (JP-A-3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941. It can be used as the core material of the process.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described above.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric / electronic device (for example, a home electric appliance, an OA (Office Automation) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, or the like). To be done.
  • an electric / electronic device for example, a home electric appliance, an OA (Office Automation) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, or the like.
  • Table 1 shows the structures of the acid-decomposable resins (resins A-1 to A-40) shown in Table 3.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the acid-decomposable resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene-equivalent amount).
  • the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
  • the resins A-1 to A-39 correspond to the resin X.
  • the resins A-1, A-3, A-4, A-6, A-8, A-12, A-13, A-14, A-16, and A-19 are the same as the above-mentioned resin X- 1 to X-10 respectively.
  • Table 2 shows the structures of the hydrophobic resins (resins E-1 to E-20) shown in Table 3.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the hydrophobic resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene-equivalent amount).
  • the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR.
  • the resins E-1 to E-15 correspond to the resin Y.
  • the resins E-1 to E-7 contain the repeating unit D1 containing the group represented by the above formula (I), and the resins E-8 to E-11 are the same as the above formula (II).
  • the resin E-12 to E-15 contains a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the formula (I) and a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the formula (I). And a repeating unit D2 derived from the monomer.
  • the repeating unit derived from the monomer (Z-2) shown below corresponds to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (Y-1), and the repeating unit derived from the monomer (I-5) shown below. Corresponds to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (Y-2).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also referred to as a resist composition) is prepared by mixing the various components shown in Table 3 and filtering the obtained mixed solution with a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 ⁇ m. Was prepared).
  • the resist composition obtained was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • the obtained resist film was subjected to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (XT1950i manufactured by ASML, NA1.35, Dipole, outer sigma 0.981, inner sigma 0.895, Y deflection) at a line width of 45 nm of 1 :.
  • Immersion exposure was performed at a scan speed of 800 mm / s through a 6% halftone mask having a 1-line and space pattern. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
  • the minimum exposure that can form the 45 nm 1: 1 line and space pattern was defined as the effective sensitivity. Then, by the following procedure, the change in line width after application (before exposure) and the change in line width after exposure were evaluated.
  • the 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 45 nm obtained by the above-mentioned pattern formation (A) was observed from above the pattern with a scanning electron microscope (“CG-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), The average value when measuring the line width at 50 points is intended.
  • Line width change amount after exposure after exposure (nm) (Average line width value after exposure after exposure (nm))-(Average line width value for normal processing (nm))
  • the resist compositions of Examples can form a resist film in which the change in the line width of the pattern due to the post-application (before the exposure) and the post-exposure after the deposition is suppressed. .. Further, from the results of Table 1, when the RCA of the film formed by the resist composition is 76 ° or more, the change in the line width of the pattern due to the post-application (before the exposure) and the post-exposure after-exposure is further suppressed. It is clear that the formed resist film can be formed (at least one of the evaluation results of the line width change of the pattern due to the post-application (pre-exposure) and the post-exposure post-setting is “B” or more) .
  • the RCA of the film formed by the resist composition is 81 ° or more, it is possible to obtain a resist film in which the change in the line width of the pattern after application (before exposure) and the change in the pattern due to the exposure after exposure is further suppressed. It is clear that it can be formed (at least one of the evaluation results of the change in the line width of the pattern due to the pulling after coating (before exposure) and the pulling after exposure is “A” evaluation). On the other hand, it is clear that the resist composition of Comparative Example does not meet the predetermined requirements.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide an active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a resist film having excellent post-exposure delay stability. Another purpose of the present invention is to provide: a resist film using the active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern forming method; and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. This active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is an active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising: a resin X having a specific structure; a resin Y having a specific structure; a compound producing an acid by being irradiated with active rays or radiation; and a solvent. The receding contact angle, to water, of a film formed by using the active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is 73° or greater.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit、集積回路)及びLSI(Large Scale Integrated circuit、大規模集積回路)等の半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、化学増幅型レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC (Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integrated circuit, large scale integrated circuit), fine processing by lithography using a chemically amplified resist composition has been performed. There is.
 特に昨今においては、より微細な加工を可能とするパターン形成方法として液浸露光が用いられている。例えば、特許文献1では、液浸露光に好適な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として、フッ素原子を有し、且つ特定構造の基を含む構造単位を有する第1重合体と、酸解離性基を含む構造単位を有する第2重合体と、感放射線性酸発生体とを含むレジスト組成物を開示している。 Especially recently, immersion exposure is used as a pattern forming method that enables finer processing. For example, in Patent Document 1, as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition suitable for immersion exposure, a first polymer having a fluorine atom and a structural unit containing a group of a specific structure, and an acid Disclosed is a resist composition containing a second polymer having a structural unit containing a dissociative group and a radiation-sensitive acid generator.
特開2016-126309号公報JP, 2016-126309, A
 本発明者らは、特許文献1に記載されたレジスト組成物について検討したところ、上記レジスト組成物により形成されるレジスト膜(感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の膜)を露光前及び/又は露光後の段階で引き置いた場合、露光・現像後に得られるパターンの線幅の寸法に変動が生じることを明らかとした。つまり、レジスト膜の引き置き経時安定性を更に改善する余地があることを知見するに至った。 The present inventors examined the resist composition described in Patent Document 1, and found that a resist film (a film of an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition) formed by the resist composition was exposed before and after exposure. It has been clarified that the line width dimension of the pattern obtained after exposure and development varies when the film is left behind after the exposure. That is, it has been found that there is room for further improving the stability of the resist film over time.
 そこで、本発明は、引き置き経時安定性に優れたレジスト膜を形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a resist film having excellent stability over time.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、所定組成の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によれば上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。 As a result of earnest studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have found that an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a predetermined composition can solve the above problems, and completed the present invention.
 〔1〕樹脂Xと、樹脂Yと、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物と、溶剤と、を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記樹脂Xは、酸の作用によりアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する樹脂であって、後述するモノマー群Aから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Aと後述するモノマー群Bから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Bとを含み、
 上記樹脂Yは、後述する式(I)で表される基を含む繰り返し単位D1及び後述する式(II)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位D2の少なくとも一方の繰り返し単位を含み、
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される膜の水に対する後退接触角が73°以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔2〕 上記モノマー群Aが、後述するモノマー群A1である、〔1〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔3〕 上記モノマー群Bが、後述するモノマー群B1である、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔4〕 上記樹脂Xが、更に、後述するモノマー群Cから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Cを含む、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔5〕 上記繰り返し単位Cが、後述する式(c-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位である、〔4〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔6〕 上記樹脂Xが、後述する式(X-1)~(X-10)で表される樹脂である、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔7〕 上記活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物が、後述する式(P-1)~(P-8)からなる群より選ばれる1種以上である、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔8〕 上記繰り返し単位D1が後述する式(Y-1)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、上記繰り返し単位D2が後述する式(Y-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔9〕 上記後退接触角が81°以上である、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔10〕 更に、酸拡散制御剤を含む、〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔11〕 〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて得られるレジスト膜。
 〔12〕 〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
 露光された上記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法。
 〔13〕 上記露光工程が、スキャン速度が700mm/s以上の液浸露光工程である、〔12〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔14〕 〔12〕又は〔13〕に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[1] An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin X, a resin Y, a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and a solvent,
The resin X is a resin whose solubility in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid, and is selected from a repeating unit A derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group A described later and a monomer group B described later. A repeating unit B derived from one or more monomers,
The resin Y contains at least one repeating unit of a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the formula (I) described below and a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the formula (II) described below,
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein a film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition has a receding contact angle with water of 73 ° or more.
[2] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the monomer group A is a monomer group A1 described later.
[3] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the monomer group B is a monomer group B1 described later.
[4] The actinic ray-sensitive material according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the resin X further contains a repeating unit C derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group C described later. Radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[5] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [4], wherein the repeating unit C is a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by the formula (c-2) described later.
[6] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive material according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the resin X is a resin represented by formulas (X-1) to (X-10) described below. Resin composition.
[7] The compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is one or more selected from the group consisting of formulas (P-1) to (P-8) described below, [1] to [6] ] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of the above.
[8] The repeating unit D1 contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (Y-1) described below, and the repeating unit D2 contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (Y-2) described below [1] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of to [7].
[9] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the receding contact angle is 81 ° or more.
[10] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], which further contains an acid diffusion controller.
[11] A resist film obtained by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10].
[12] A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10],
An exposure step of exposing the resist film,
And a developing step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution.
[13] The pattern forming method according to [12], wherein the exposure step is a liquid immersion exposure step at a scan speed of 700 mm / s or more.
[14] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [12] or [13].
 本発明によれば、引き置き経時安定性に優れたレジスト膜を形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a resist film having excellent stability over time with storage.
Further, according to the present invention, there can be provided a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に制限されない。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on the representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.
The term “actinic ray” or “radiation” used herein refers to, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB). : Electron Beam) and the like. The term "light" as used herein means actinic rays or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" in the present specification means not only exposure using a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams, and It also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表す。
 本明細書において、「有機基」とは、炭素原子を1つ以上含む基を表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう。)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
In the present specification, (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, the “organic group” refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC-manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). 8120 GPC) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refraction It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value obtained by a rate detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書においてpKa(酸解離定数pKa)とは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きい。pKaの値は、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 In the present specification, the pKa (acid dissociation constant pKa) represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is described in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). Is defined. The lower the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. The value of pKa is calculated by using the software package 1 below, based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values. All the pKa values described herein are the values calculated by using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。 Regarding the notation of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び置換基の数は特に制限されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基群Tから選択できる。
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
Further, in the present specification, the kind of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when the phrase “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, 1, 2, 3, or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent non-metallic atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, which can be selected from the following substituent group T, for example.
(Substituent T)
As the substituent T, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; Acyloxy group such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; Acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl group An acyl group; an alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; an arylsulfanyl group such as a phenylsulfanyl group and a p-tolylsulfanyl group; an alkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an aryl group; a heteroaryl group; a hydroxyl group; Carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamino group; and combinations thereof. Can be mentioned.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)の特徴点としては、後述する樹脂X(酸の作用によりアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する樹脂)及び後述する樹脂Yを含み、且つ上記組成物を用いて後述する条件により形成される膜の水に対する後退接触角が73°以上である点が挙げられる。
 今般、本発明者らは、作用機序は明らかではないが、上記組成物により得られるレジスト膜は、その引き置き経時安定性が著しく優れていることを明らかとした。特に、上記後退接触角が81°以上である場合、引き置き経時安定性がより一層優れる。
 以下において、まず、本発明の組成物の各成分について詳述する。
[Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
A feature of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “composition of the present invention”) is that the resin X described later (the solubility of which in an alkali developing solution increases due to the action of an acid). Resin) and a resin Y described below, and a film formed by using the above composition under the conditions described below has a receding contact angle of 73 ° or more with respect to water.
Although the mechanism of action has not been clarified, the present inventors have made clear that the resist film obtained from the above composition has remarkably excellent stability over time. In particular, when the receding contact angle is 81 ° or more, the stability with storage over time is further improved.
In the following, first, each component of the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
〔樹脂X(酸分解性樹脂)〕
 本発明の組成物は、樹脂Xを含む。
 樹脂Xは、酸の作用によりアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」ともいう。)であり、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する繰り返し単位を含む。
 なお、本発明のパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
[Resin X (acid decomposable resin)]
The composition of the present invention comprises resin X.
The resin X is a resin whose solubility in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “acid-decomposable resin”), and a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter, referred to as “acid Also referred to as a "degradable group").
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, typically, when an alkali developing solution is used as a developing solution, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developing solution is used as a developing solution, a negative pattern is typically used. Are preferably formed.
 上記樹脂Xは、後述するモノマー群Aから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Aと、後述するモノマー群Bから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Bと、を含む。なお、モノマー群B中のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Bは、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位に該当する。
 また、上記樹脂Xは、更に、後述するモノマー群Cから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Cを含むことが好ましい。
The resin X contains a repeating unit A derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group A described below and a repeating unit B derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group B described below. The repeating unit B derived from the monomer in the monomer group B corresponds to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Further, the resin X preferably further contains a repeating unit C derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group C described later.
 以下において、上記繰り返し単位A、上記繰り返し単位B、及び上記繰り返し単位Cについて、各々詳述する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit A, the repeating unit B, and the repeating unit C will be described in detail.
<繰り返し単位A>
 繰り返し単位Aは、以下に示すモノマー群Aから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位である。
  モノマー群A:
<Repeating unit A>
The repeating unit A is a repeating unit derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group A shown below.
Monomer group A:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記モノマー群Aとしては、なかでも、形成されるレジスト膜の後退接触角がより調整し易い点で、下記モノマー群A1が好ましい。
  モノマー群A1:
As the monomer group A, the following monomer group A1 is preferable because the receding contact angle of the resist film to be formed is more easily adjusted.
Monomer group A1:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記樹脂Xは、繰り返し単位Aを、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin X may include the repeating unit A alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記樹脂Xに含まれる繰り返し単位Aの含有量(繰り返し単位Aが複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Xの全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、20~70モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit A contained in the resin X (when there are a plurality of repeating units A, the total thereof) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 20 to 70 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin X. Is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is even more preferable.
<繰り返し単位B>
 繰り返し単位Bは、以下に示すモノマー群Bから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位である。
  モノマー群B:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
<Repeating unit B>
The repeating unit B is a repeating unit derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group B shown below.
Monomer group B:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 上記モノマー群Bとしては、なかでも、形成されるレジスト膜の後退接触角がより調整し易い点で、下記モノマー群B1が好ましい。
  モノマー群B1:
As the monomer group B, the following monomer group B1 is preferable because the receding contact angle of the resist film to be formed is more easily adjusted.
Monomer group B1:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記樹脂Xは、繰り返し単位Bを、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin X may contain the repeating unit B alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記樹脂Xに含まれる繰り返し単位Bの含有量(繰り返し単位Bが複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Xの全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、25~80モル%がより好ましく、30~60モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit B contained in the resin X (when there are a plurality of repeating units B, the total thereof) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 25 to 80 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin X. Is more preferable, and 30 to 60 mol% is even more preferable.
<繰り返し単位C>
 繰り返し単位Cは、以下に示すモノマー群Cから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位である。
  モノマー群C:
<Repeating unit C>
The repeating unit C is a repeating unit derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the monomer group C shown below.
Monomer group C:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 上記繰り返し単位Cとしては、なかでも、形成されるレジスト膜の後退接触角がより調整し易い点で、下記式(c-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit C is preferably a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (c-2), because the receding contact angle of the resist film to be formed is more easily adjusted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 上記樹脂Xは、繰り返し単位Cを、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin X may include the repeating unit C alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記樹脂Xが繰り返し単位Cを含む場合、樹脂X中に含まれる繰り返し単位Cの含有量(繰り返し単位Cが複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Xの全繰り返し単位に対して、5~30モル%が好ましく、5~20モル%がより好ましく、5~15モル%が更に好ましい。 When the resin X contains the repeating unit C, the content of the repeating unit C contained in the resin X (when there are plural repeating units C, the total thereof) is 5 to 5 with respect to all the repeating units of the resin X. 30 mol% is preferable, 5 to 20 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 15 mol% is further preferable.
 上記樹脂Xとしては、なかでも、下記式(X-1)~(X-10)で表される樹脂が好ましい。以下の式(X-1)~(X-10)で表される樹脂は、各式中の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を意味し、それぞれの繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されない。例えば、式(X-1)で表される樹脂は、4つの繰り返し単位を含んでいればよく、各繰り返し単位の含有量は限定されない。式中の*は結合位置を表す。 As the resin X, resins represented by the following formulas (X-1) to (X-10) are preferable. The resins represented by the following formulas (X-1) to (X-10) mean a resin containing a repeating unit in each formula, and the content of each repeating unit is not particularly limited. For example, the resin represented by the formula (X-1) only needs to contain four repeating units, and the content of each repeating unit is not limited. * In the formula represents a bonding position.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 以下に、本発明で使用し得る樹脂Xの他の一例を示す。 Another example of the resin X that can be used in the present invention is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 上記樹脂Xは、その他の繰り返し単位として、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、又は更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、及び感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。
 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、所定の単量体に由来する繰り返し構造単位が挙げられるが、これらに制限されない。
 なお、樹脂Xは、公知の方法により合成できる。
In addition to the repeating structural units described above, the resin X includes, as other repeating units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and resolution and heat resistance which are general necessary properties of resist. It may have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting properties, sensitivity and the like.
Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units derived from a predetermined monomer.
The resin X can be synthesized by a known method.
 上記樹脂Xの重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~20,000がより好ましく、3,000~20,000が更に好ましい。分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.0が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin X is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and further 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
 上記樹脂Xは、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、上記樹脂Xの含有量は、全固形分中に対して、典型的には20.0質量%以上であり、40.0質量%以上が好ましく、60.0質量%以上がより好ましく、80.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.5質量%以下が好ましく、99.0質量%以下がより好ましく、97.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 なお、固形分とは、組成物中の溶剤を除いた成分を意図し、溶剤以外の成分であれば液状成分であっても固形分とみなす。
The resin X may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin X is typically 20.0% by mass or more, preferably 40.0% by mass or more, and 60.0% by mass based on the total solid content. The above is more preferable, and 80.0 mass% or more is still more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 97.0% by mass or less.
The solid content is intended to mean a component excluding the solvent in the composition, and a liquid component is regarded as a solid content as long as it is a component other than the solvent.
〔樹脂Y〕
 本発明の組成物は、樹脂Yを含む。
 上記樹脂Yは、樹脂Xとは異なる樹脂であり、後述する式(I)で表される基を含む繰り返し単位D1及び後述する式(II)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位D2の少なくとも一方の繰り返し単位を含む。
 上記繰り返し単位D1及び上記繰り返し単位D2は、その構造的特徴により撥水性が高く、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するものと推測され、形成されるレジスト膜の後退接触角を高める要因の一つであると考えられる。
[Resin Y]
The composition of the present invention comprises resin Y.
The resin Y is a resin different from the resin X, and contains at least a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the formula (I) described below and a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the formula (II) described below. Contains one repeating unit.
It is presumed that the repeating unit D1 and the repeating unit D2 have high water repellency due to their structural characteristics and are unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, which is one of the factors that increase the receding contact angle of the formed resist film. it is conceivable that.
 以下において、繰り返し単位D1及び繰り返し単位D2について、各々詳述する。 In the following, the repeating unit D1 and the repeating unit D2 will be described in detail.
<繰り返し単位D1>
 繰り返し単位D1は、下記式(I)で表される基を含む。
  式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(I)中、Rは、炭素数1~20の1価のアルカリ解離性基を表す。Mは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基を表す。Lは、隣接するカルボニル基に結合する炭素原子を有する炭素数1~20の2価の有機基を表す。なお、上記Lと上記Mとは、互いに結合して環員数3~20の脂環構造又は脂肪族複素環構造を形成してもよい。*は、結合手を表す。
<Repeating unit D1>
The repeating unit D1 includes a group represented by the following formula (I).
Formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
In formula (I), R 1 represents a monovalent alkali-dissociable group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. M represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. L represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and having a carbon atom bonded to an adjacent carbonyl group. The L and the M may be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members. * Represents a bond.
 上記「アルカリ解離性基」とは、カルボキシ基等の極性官能基中の水素原子を置換する基であって、アルカリの存在下(23℃のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド2.38質量%水溶液中)で解離する基をいう。
 上記Rで表される炭素数1~20の1価のアルカリ解離性基としては、アルカリの存在下で解離して極性基を生じるものであれば特に制限されない。
 上記アルカリ解離性基としては、例えば、1価のフッ素化炭化水素基等が挙げられる。また、上記アルカリ解離性基としては、上記Rに隣接するエステル結合のカルボニル基に結合する炭素原子及びこの炭素原子に結合する炭素原子の少なくともいずれかにフッ素原子が結合する場合、例えば、1価の炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
The "alkali dissociative group" is a group that substitutes a hydrogen atom in a polar functional group such as a carboxy group, and in the presence of an alkali (in a tetramethylammonium hydroxide 2.38 mass% aqueous solution at 23 ° C). Refers to a group that dissociates with.
The monovalent alkali dissociative group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 1 is not particularly limited as long as it dissociates in the presence of alkali to generate a polar group.
Examples of the alkali dissociative group include a monovalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group. In addition, the alkali dissociative group, when a fluorine atom is bonded to at least one of the carbon atom bonded to the carbonyl group of the ester bond adjacent to R 1 and the carbon atom bonded to the carbon atom, for example, 1 Examples thereof include a valent hydrocarbon group.
 上記1価の炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、及びブチル基等のアルキル基、エテニル基、プロペニル基、ブテニル基、及びペンテニル基等のアルケニル基、並びに、エチニル基、プロピニル基、ブチニル基、及びペンチニル基等のアルキニル基等の鎖状炭化水素基;シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル等の単環のシクロアルキル基、シクロブテニル基、シクロペンテニル基、及びシクロヘキシニル基等の単環のシクロアルケニル基、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、及びトリシクロデシル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基、並びに、ノルボルネニル基、及びトリシクロデセニル基等の多環のシクロアルケニル基等の脂環式炭化水素基;フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、及びナフチル基等のアリール基、並びにベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びフェニルプロピル基等のアラルキル基等の芳香族炭化水素基;等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group, an alkenyl group such as an ethenyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, and a pentenyl group, and an ethynyl group. A chain hydrocarbon group such as an alkynyl group such as a propynyl group, a butynyl group and a pentynyl group; a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, and a cyclohexynyl group Such as monocyclic cycloalkenyl group, norbornyl group, adamantyl group, and tricyclodecyl group, and other polycyclic cycloalkyl groups, and norbornenyl group, tricyclodecenyl group, and other polycyclic cycloalkenyl groups, etc. Alicyclic hydrocarbon group; aryl group such as phenyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group, and naphthyl group; and aromatic hydrocarbon group such as aralkyl group such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, and phenylpropyl group; Can be mentioned.
 上記1価のフッ素化炭化水素基としては、例えば上記1価の炭化水素基の水素原子の一部又は全部をフッ素原子で置換した基等が挙げられる。 The monovalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group includes, for example, a group obtained by substituting a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the monovalent hydrocarbon group with fluorine atoms.
 上記アルカリ解離性基としては、フッ素化炭化水素基が好ましく、上記Rに隣接するエステル結合のカルボニル基に結合する炭素原子及びこの炭素原子に結合する炭素原子の少なくともいずれかにフッ素原子が結合するフッ素化炭化水素基がより好ましい。また、上記アルカリ解離性基としては、アルカリ解離性を高める観点から、隣接する酸素原子に結合する1級又は2級の炭素原子を有することが好ましい。更に、上記アルカリ解離性基の炭素数の下限としては、2が好ましい。一方、上記アルカリ解離性基の炭素数の上限としては、10が好ましく、8がより好ましく、6が更に好ましい。 The alkali dissociable group is preferably a fluorinated hydrocarbon group, and a fluorine atom is bonded to at least one of the carbon atom bonded to the carbonyl group of the ester bond adjacent to R 1 and the carbon atom bonded to this carbon atom. More preferred is a fluorinated hydrocarbon group. Further, the alkali dissociative group preferably has a primary or secondary carbon atom bonded to an adjacent oxygen atom from the viewpoint of enhancing alkali dissociability. Furthermore, 2 is preferable as the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms of the alkali-dissociable group. On the other hand, the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the alkali-dissociable group is preferably 10, more preferably 8, and even more preferably 6.
 上記Mで表される炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基としては、例えば、メタンジイル基、エタンジイル基、プロパンジイル基、及びブタンジイル基等のアルカンジイル基、エテンジイル基、プロペンジイル基、及びブテンジイル基等のアルケンジイル基、並びに、エチンジイル基、プロピンジイル基、及びブチンジイル基等のアルキンジイル基等の鎖状炭化水素基;シクロブタンジイル基、シクロペンタンジイル基、及びシクロヘキサンジイル基等の単環のシクロアルカンジイル基、シクロブテンジイル基、シクロペンテンジイル基、及びシクロヘキセンジイル基等の単環のシクロアルケンジイル基、ノルボルナンジイル基、トリシクロデカンジイル基、及びアダマンタンジイル基等の多環のシクロアルカンジイル基、並びに、ノルボルネンジイル基、及びトリシクロデセンジイル基等の多環のシクロアルケンジイル基等の脂環式炭化水素基;ベンゼンジイル基、トルエンジイル基、及びキシレンジイル基等のアレーンジイル基、並びに、ベンゼンジイルメタンジイル基、及びナフタレンジイルシクロヘキサンジイル基等のアレーンジイルアルカンジイル基及びアレーンジイルシクロアルカンジイル基等の芳香族炭化水素基;等が挙げられる。
 なかでも、メタンジイル基、エタンジイル基、又はベンゼンジイル基が好ましく、メタンジイル基がより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by M include alkanediyl group such as methanediyl group, ethanediyl group, propanediyl group, and butanediyl group, ethenediyl group, propenediyl group, and butenediyl group. Chain hydrocarbon groups such as alkynediyl groups such as groups, and ethynediyl groups, propynediyl groups, and butynediyl groups; monocyclic cycloalkanediyl groups such as cyclobutanediyl groups, cyclopentanediyl groups, and cyclohexanediyl groups Group, cyclobutenediyl group, cyclopentenediyl group, and monocyclic cycloalkenediyl group such as cyclohexenediyl group, norbornanediyl group, tricyclodecanediyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkanediyl group such as adamantanediyl group, and , Norbornenediyl group, and alicyclic hydrocarbon group such as polycyclic cycloalkenediyl group such as tricyclodecenediyl group; arenediyl group such as benzenediyl group, toluenediyl group, and xylenediyl group, and benzenediyl group And aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as arenediylalkanediyl group and arenediylcycloalkanediyl group such as methanediyl group and naphthalenediylcyclohexanediyl group; and the like.
Of these, a methanediyl group, an ethanediyl group, or a benzenediyl group is preferable, and a methanediyl group is more preferable.
 Mで表される炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。上記置換基としては、例えばハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、エーテル基、エステル基、炭化水素基、及びフッ素化炭化水素基等が挙げられる。なかでも、ハロゲン原子、又はフッ素化炭化水素基が好ましく、フッ素原子、又はトリフルオロメチル基がより好ましい。 The divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by M may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an ether group, an ester group, a hydrocarbon group, and a fluorinated hydrocarbon group. Of these, a halogen atom or a fluorinated hydrocarbon group is preferable, and a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group is more preferable.
 上記置換基が複数の場合、上記置換基は互いに結合して環員数3~20の脂環構造又は脂肪族複素環構造を形成してもよい。なお、上記環員数3~20の脂環構造又は脂肪族複素環構造としては、例えば、オキサシクロペンタン構造、及びオキサシクロヘキサン構造等のオキサシクロアルカン構造;ジオキサシクロペンタン構造、及びジオキサシクロヘキサン構造等のジオキサシクロアルカン構造;ブチロラクトン構造、及びバレロラクトン構造等のラクトン構造等が挙げられる。なかでも、オキサシクロアルカン構造、又はラクトン構造が好ましく、オキサシクロヘキサン構造、又はバレロラクトン構造がより好ましい。 When the above-mentioned substituents are plural, the above-mentioned substituents may be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members. Examples of the alicyclic structure or aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members include oxacyclopentane structure, oxacycloalkane structure such as oxacyclohexane structure; dioxacyclopentane structure, and dioxacyclohexane structure. And other lactone structures such as butyrolactone structure and valerolactone structure. Of these, an oxacycloalkane structure or a lactone structure is preferable, and an oxacyclohexane structure or a valerolactone structure is more preferable.
 上記Lで表される炭素数1~20の2価の有機基としては、例えば上記Mとして例示したものと同様の炭化水素基、及び、この炭化水素基の炭素-炭素間にヘテロ原子を含む基を有する基等が挙げられる。
 上記炭素-炭素間に含まれていてもよいヘテロ原子を含む基としては、例えば-O-、-S-、-NR-、-CO-、及び-CS-からなる群より選ばれる1種又は2種以上を組み合わせた基等が挙げられる。上記Rは、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基である。上記Rで表される炭化水素基としては、例えば上記Rとして例示したものと同様の炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by L include hydrocarbon groups similar to those exemplified as M above, and a hetero atom between carbon and carbon of the hydrocarbon group. Examples thereof include a group having a group.
The group containing a hetero atom which may be contained between carbon and carbon is, for example, one selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —NR A —, —CO—, and —CS—. Alternatively, a group in which two or more kinds are combined is included. R A is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R A include the same hydrocarbon groups as those exemplified as R 1 above.
 上記Lで表される2価の有機基の炭素数の上限としては、10が好ましく、8がより好ましく、6が更に好ましい。また、上記Lで表される2価の有機基としては、鎖状炭化水素基及び脂環式炭化水素基が好ましく、アルカンジイル基、又はシクロアルカンジイル基がより好ましく、メタンジイル基、又はシクロヘキサンジイル基が更に好ましい。 The upper limit of the carbon number of the divalent organic group represented by L is preferably 10, more preferably 8, and even more preferably 6. The divalent organic group represented by L is preferably a chain hydrocarbon group and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkanediyl group or a cycloalkanediyl group, a methanediyl group or a cyclohexanediyl group. More preferred are groups.
 上記LとMとが互いに結合して形成される環員数3~20の脂環構造又は脂肪族複素環構造としては、例えば、シクロペンタン構造、及びシクロへキサン構造等のシクロアルカン構造;ブチロラクトン構造、及びバレロラクトン構造等のラクトン構造等が挙げられる。なかでも、脂環構造が好ましく、シクロヘキサン構造がより好ましい。 Examples of the alicyclic structure or aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members formed by the above L and M bonded to each other include cyclopentane structure, cycloalkane structure such as cyclohexane structure; butyrolactone structure. And a lactone structure such as a valerolactone structure. Of these, an alicyclic structure is preferable, and a cyclohexane structure is more preferable.
 以下において、式(I)で表される基の具体例を例示する。 The following are specific examples of the group represented by formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 上記式(I-1)~(I-30)中、*は、結合手を示す。
 繰り返し単位D1としては、下記式(IA)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、下記式(Y-1)で表される繰り返し単位がより好ましい。
 なお、下記式(IA)中、Rは、水素原子、フッ素原子、メチル基、又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。Zは、上述した式(I)で表される基を表す。
In the formulas (I-1) to (I-30), * represents a bond.
The repeating unit D1 is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (IA), and more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Y-1).
In the formula (IA) below, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group. Z represents a group represented by the above formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記樹脂Yは、繰り返し単位D1を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin Y may contain the repeating unit D1 alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記樹脂Yが繰り返し単位D1を含む場合、樹脂Y中に含まれる繰り返し単位D1の含有量(繰り返し単位D1が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Yの全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以上が好ましく、40モル%以上がより好ましく、50モル%以上が更に好ましく、60モル%以上が特に好ましい。上限としては特に制限されないが、例えば、100モル%以下であり、95モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、75モル%以下が更に好ましい。 When the resin Y contains the repeating unit D1, the content of the repeating unit D1 contained in the resin Y (when a plurality of repeating units D1 is present, the total thereof) is 20 mol based on all repeating units of the resin Y. % Or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, further preferably 50 mol% or more, particularly preferably 60 mol% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 75 mol% or less.
<繰り返し単位D2>
 繰り返し単位D2は、下記式(II)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位である。
  式(II):
<Repeating unit D2>
The repeating unit D2 is a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (II).
Formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(II)中、R11は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。R12は、炭素数1~10のフッ素化炭化水素基、又は式(IIA)で表される基を表す。R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。A11及びA12は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基、又は*-A13-X11-(A14-X12)a-A15-を表す。*は、酸素原子との結合手を表す。但し、A11及びA12において、酸素原子と結合する炭素原子は3級炭素原子ではない。A13、A14及びA15は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基を表す。X11及びX12は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-を表す。aは、0又は1を表す。 In the formula (II), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, or a halogen atom. R 12 represents a fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a group represented by the formula (IIA). R 13 and R 14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A 11 and A 12 are each independently alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or * -A 13 -X 11 - (A 14 -X 12) a-A 15 - represents a. * Represents a bond with an oxygen atom. However, in A 11 and A 12 , the carbon atom bonded to the oxygen atom is not a tertiary carbon atom. A 13 , A 14 and A 15 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. X 11 and X 12 each independently represent an oxygen atom, —CO—O—, or —O—CO—. a represents 0 or 1.
  式(IIA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Formula (IIA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(IIA)中、AT1は、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。XT1は、-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-を表す。AT2は、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。但し、AT1及びAT2のうちの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を1つ以上含む。*は、カルボニル基との結合手を表す。 Wherein (IIA), A T1 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which has ~ 1 carbon atoms which may 18 have a fluorine atom. X T1 represents —CO—O— or —O—CO—. A T2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, which may have a fluorine atom. However, at least one of A T1 and A T2 contains one or more fluorine atoms. * Represents a bond with the carbonyl group.
 R11で表されるハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基中のハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。R11で表されるハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロイソプロピル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロsec-ブチル基、ペルフルオロtert-ブチル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、ペルフルオロヘキシル基、ペルクロロメチル基、ペルブロモメチル基、及びペルヨードメチル基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、又はエチル基がより好ましい。
 R11で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 R11としては、なかでも、水素原子、又はメチル基が好ましい。
Examples of the halogen atom in the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom represented by R 11 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom represented by R 11 include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group and sec-butyl group. , Tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, trifluoromethyl group, perfluoroethyl group, perfluoropropyl group, perfluoroisopropyl group, perfluorobutyl group, perfluorosec-butyl group, perfluorotert-butyl group, perfluoro Examples thereof include a pentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a perchloromethyl group, a perbromomethyl group, and a periodomethyl group. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 11 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
Among them, R 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 R12で表される炭素数1~10のフッ素化炭化水素基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、フッ素原子を有する炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、及びフッ素原子を有する炭素数1~10の脂環式炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
 フッ素原子を有する炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、フッ素原子を有する炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、ジフルオロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、1,1-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、1,1,1-トリフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、1,1,2,2-テトラフルオロプロピル基、1,1,1,2,2-ペンタフルオロプロピル基、1,1,2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロエチルメチル基、1-(トリフルオロメチル)-1,2,2,2-テトラフルオロエチル基、1-(トリフルオロメチル)-2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、1,1,2,2-テトラフルオロブチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロブチル基、1,1,1,2,2,3,3-ペプタフルオロブチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-オクタフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、1,1-ビス(トリフルオロ)メチル-2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、2-(ペルフルオロプロピル)エチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-オクタフルオロペンチル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-デカフルオロペンチル基、1,1-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピル基、2-(ペルフルオロブチル)エチル基、1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-ノナフルオロペンチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-デカフルオロヘキシル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-ドデカフルオロヘキシル基、ペルフルオロヘキシル基、ペルフルオロペンチルメチル基、及びペルフルオロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 フッ素原子を有する炭素数1~10の脂環式炭化水素基としては、フッ素原子を有する炭素数1~10のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、ペルフルオロシクロヘキシル基、及びペルフルオロアダマンチル基等が挙げられる。
The fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 12 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom and a carbon number having a fluorine atom. Examples thereof include 1 to 10 alicyclic hydrocarbon groups.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom, and specifically, difluoromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 1, 1-difluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, perfluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro Propyl group, 1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoropropyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropyl group, perfluoropropyl group, perfluoroethylmethyl group, 1- (trifluoromethyl ) -1,2,2,2-Tetrafluoroethyl group, 1- (trifluoromethyl) -2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluorobutyl group, 1,1 , 2,2,3,3-hexafluorobutyl group, 1,1,1,2,2,3,3-peptafluorobutyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4- Octafluorobutyl group, perfluorobutyl group, 1,1-bis (trifluoro) methyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2- (perfluoropropyl) ethyl group, 1,1,2,2,3, 3,4,4-octafluoropentyl group, perfluoropentyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-decafluoropentyl group, 1,1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl group, 2- (perfluorobutyl) ethyl group, 1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-nonafluoropentyl group, 1, 1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-decafluorohexyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-dodecafluorohexyl group Group, perfluorohexyl group, perfluoropentylmethyl group, and perfluorohexyl group.
Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom include a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms having a fluorine atom, and specific examples thereof include a perfluorocyclohexyl group and a perfluoroadamantyl group. Is mentioned.
 式(IIA)中のAT1で表されるフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18のアルカンジイル基、及びフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18の2価の環式の脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 上記フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18のアルカンジイル基としては、炭素数1~10が好ましく、炭素数1~6がより好ましく、炭素数2~3が更に好ましい。
 AT1で表されるフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18のアルカンジイル基の具体例としては、メタンジイル基、エタンジイル基、プロパンジイル基、ブタンジイル基、及び、R12で表される炭素数1~10のフッ素化炭化水素基として例示した基から水素原子又はフッ素原子を1つ除いて形成される2価の基が挙げられる。
 なかでも、上記フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18のアルカンジイル基としては、ペルフルオロアルカンジイル基が好ましく、炭素数2~3のペルフルオロアルカンジイル基がより好ましい。
The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and optionally having a fluorine atom represented by AT 1 in the formula (IIA) is, for example, a carbon optionally having a fluorine atom. Examples thereof include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and a divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, which may have a fluorine atom.
The alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
Specific examples of the alkanediyl group of A T1 ~ 1 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom represented by 18, methylene bridge, ethanediyl group, propanediyl, butanediyl group, and is represented by R 12 And a divalent group formed by removing one hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom from the group exemplified as the fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Among them, the alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkanediyl group, and more preferably a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
 上記フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18の2価の環式の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、単環式及び多環式のいずれであってもよい。単環式の炭素数1~18の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、シクロヘキサンジイル基、及びペルフルオロシクロヘキサンジイル基等が挙げられる。多環式の炭素数1~18の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、アダマンタンジイル基、ノルボルナンジイル基、及びペルフルオロアダマンタンジイル基等が挙げられる。 The divalent cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include a cyclohexanediyl group and a perfluorocyclohexanediyl group. Examples of the polycyclic divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include an adamantanediyl group, a norbornanediyl group, and a perfluoroadamantanediyl group.
 AT2のフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~12の脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~10の脂肪族炭化水素基がより好ましい。
 AT2のフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17のアルキル基、及びフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17の脂環式炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 AT2で表されるフッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17のアルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、及び、R12で表される炭素数1~10のフッ素化炭化水素基として例示した基が挙げられる。
 また、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17の脂環式炭化水素基としては、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、シクロヘキシル基、及びペルフルオロシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group A T2 fluorine atom has optionally 1 carbon atoms which may be ~ 17 aliphatic hydrocarbon group which has 1-3 carbon atoms which may 12 have a fluorine atom is preferable, a fluorine An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an atom is more preferable.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group A T2 fluorine atom has carbon atoms that may 1 be ~ 17, for example, an alkyl group having fluorine atoms and 1 carbon atoms which may have a 17, and a fluorine atom Examples thereof include alicyclic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be possessed.
Specific examples of the alkyl groups of A T2 by fluorine atoms and 1 carbon atoms which may have a 17 represented is a methyl group, an ethyl group, n- propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- butyl group, sec- Examples thereof include a butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an n-hexyl group, and groups exemplified as the fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 12 .
Further, examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom include a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. Include a cyclohexyl group, a perfluorocyclohexyl group, and the like.
 但し、式(IIA)中、AT1及びAT2のうちの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を1つ以上含む。なかでも、AT1がフッ素原子を含むことが好ましい。 However, in the formula (IIA), at least one of A T1 and A T2 contains one or more fluorine atoms. Among them, it is preferred that A T1 contains a fluorine atom.
 式(I)中、R12としては、なかでも、炭素数1~6のフッ素化アルキル基、又は式(IIA)で表される基が好ましく、式(IIA)で表される基がより好ましい。 In formula (I), R 12 is preferably a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a group represented by formula (IIA), and more preferably a group represented by formula (IIA). ..
 R13及びR14で表される炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、又はエチル基がより好ましく、メチル基が更に好ましい。 The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 13 and R 14 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, still more preferably a methyl group.
 A11、A12、A13、A14、及びA15で表される炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、及びヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基等の直鎖状アルカンジイル基;エタン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,4-ジイル基、及び2-メチルブタン-1,4-ジイル基等の分岐状アルカンジイル基;が挙げられる。
 A11及びA12としては、なかでも、炭素数1~4のアルカンジイル基が好ましく、炭素数1又は2のアルカンジイル基がより好ましい。
Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , A 14 , and A 15 include methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1, 4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, and linear alkanediyl group such as hexane-1,6-diyl group; ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, Butane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, and 2-methylbutane-1,4 A branched alkanediyl group such as a diyl group;
Among them, A 11 and A 12 are preferably alkanediyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably alkanediyl groups having 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
 *-A13-X11-(A14-X12)a-A15-としては、*-A13-CO-O-A15-、*-A13-O-CO-A15-、又は、*-A13-CO-O-A14-CO-O-A15-が好ましく、*-A13-CO-O-A15-がより好ましい。 * -A 13 -X 11 - (A 14 -X 12) a-A 15 - The, * - A 13 -CO-O -A 15 -, * - A 13 -O-CO-A 15 -, or , * -A 13 -CO-OA 14 -CO-OA 15 -are preferable, and * -A 13 -CO-OA 15 -is more preferable.
 以下に、上記化合物(II)の具体例を例示する。なお、下記式(II-1)~式(II-11)で表される各化合物において、R11に相当するメチル基が水素原子で置き換えられた化合物も、化合物(II)の具体例として挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound (II) are shown below. In addition, in each of the compounds represented by the following formulas (II-1) to (II-11), a compound in which a methyl group corresponding to R 11 is replaced with a hydrogen atom is also mentioned as a specific example of the compound (II). Be done.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 繰り返し単位D2としては、なかでも、下記式(Y-2)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As the repeating unit D2, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Y-2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 上記樹脂Yは、繰り返し単位D2を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin Y may contain the repeating unit D2 alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記樹脂Yが繰り返し単位D2を含む場合、樹脂Y中に含まれる繰り返し単位D2の含有量(繰り返し単位D2が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Yの全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましい。上限としては特に制限されないが、例えば、100モル%以下であり、95モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、50モル%以下が更に好ましく、45モル%以下が特に好ましい。 When the resin Y contains the repeating unit D2, the content of the repeating unit D2 contained in the resin Y (when there are a plurality of repeating units D2, the total thereof) is 10 mol with respect to all the repeating units of the resin Y. % Or more, preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, further preferably 50 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 45 mol% or less.
 上記樹脂Yは、繰り返し単位D1及び繰り返し単位D2以外のその他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。その他の繰り返し単位としては特に制限されず、例えば、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位、及び疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 以下において、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位、及び疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位の各々について詳述する。
The resin Y may contain a repeating unit other than the repeating unit D1 and the repeating unit D2. Other repeating units are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a repeating unit having a group (acid-decomposable group) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity, and a repeating unit having a hydrophobic group.
Hereinafter, each of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group and the repeating unit having a hydrophobic group will be described in detail.
<酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位>
 酸分解性基は、極性基が酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を含む。
 極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、並びに、アルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
<Repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group>
The acid-decomposable group includes a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group that decomposes and leaves by the action of an acid (leaving group).
As the polar group, carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group , Bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, etc. Acid groups (groups that dissociate in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), alcoholic hydroxyl groups, and the like.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子等の電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基等)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12~20の水酸基が好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and is a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group) directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and the α-position of the hydroxyl group is electron withdrawing such as a fluorine atom. Aliphatic alcohols substituted with a sexual group (for example, a hexafluoroisopropanol group and the like) are excluded. The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 to 20.
 極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又はスルホン酸基が好ましい。 The polar group is preferably a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で置換した基である。
 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、及び-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等が挙げられる。
 式中、R36~R39は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
Preferred groups as the acid-decomposable group are groups in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is replaced with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group) include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and — Examples thereof include C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ).
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、及びオクチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環でも、多環でもよい。単環としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等が挙げられる。多環としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアンドロスタニル基等が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の1つ以上の炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01、及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、及びシクロへキセニル基等が挙げられる。
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)が好ましい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基等が好ましく、多環のシクロアルキル基としては、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、又はアダマンチル基等が好ましい。
The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group and hexyl. Group and octyl group.
The cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. As the polycycle, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododecyl group. , And androstanyl group and the like. In addition, one or more carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
The ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). The monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or the like, and the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
 酸分解性基としては、第3級のアルキルエステル基、アセタール基、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、又はアセタールエステル基が好ましく、アセタール基又は第3級アルキルエステル基がより好ましい。 As the acid-decomposable group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, an acetal group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, or an acetal ester group is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(AI)中、Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-Rt-、及び-O-Rt-等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5の鎖状アルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-、-(CH-、又は-(CH-がより好ましい。
 Tは、単結合がより好ましい。
In formula (AI), T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—Rt—, and —O—Rt—. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an arylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-. Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably —CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 — or — (CH 2 ) 3 —.
T is more preferably a single bond.
 式(AI)中、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。
 Xaは、水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xaのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基及びハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xaのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、及びトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられる。Xaのアルキル基としては、メチル基が好ましい。
In formula (AI), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. The alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
 式(AI)中、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 Rx~Rxのいずれか2つが結合して環構造を形成しいてもよい。
 Rx、Rx、及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rx、Rx、及びRxのアルキル基は、炭素間結合の一部が二重結合であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx、及びRxのシクロアルキル基は、単環でも多環でもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等が挙げられる。
In formula (AI), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
The alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group. , Isobutyl group, t-butyl group and the like are preferable. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and further preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 , a part of carbon-carbon bonds may be a double bond.
The cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
 Rx、Rx、及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環は単環でも多環でもよい。単環の例としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、及びシクロオクタン環等の単環のシクロアルカン環が挙げられる。多環の例としては、ノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、及びアダマンタン環等の多環のシクロアルキル環が挙げられる。なかでも、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、又はアダマンタン環が好ましい。
 また、Rx、Rx、及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環としては、下記に示す環も好ましい。
The ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 may be a monocycle or a polycycle. Examples of the monocyclic ring include monocyclic cycloalkane rings such as cyclopentyl ring, cyclohexyl ring, cycloheptyl ring, and cyclooctane ring. Examples of polycycles include polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, and adamantane ring. Of these, a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is preferable.
Further, as the ring formed by combining two Rx 1 , Rx 2 , and Rx 3 , the following rings are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 以下に式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げる。下記の具体例は、式(AI)におけるXaがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換できる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the formula (AI) are shown below. The following specific examples correspond to the case where Xa 1 in formula (AI) is a methyl group, but Xa 1 can be optionally substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 樹脂Yは、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin Y may include one type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, or may include two or more types in combination.
 樹脂Yが酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Yの全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば5モル%以上であり、10モル%以上が好ましい。また、その上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば40モル%以下であり、30モル%以下が好ましい。 When the resin Y contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (when there are a plurality of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group, the total thereof) is It is, for example, 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more, based on the repeating unit. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 40 mol% or less, preferably 30 mol% or less.
<疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位>
 樹脂Yは、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、フッ素原子、フッ素原子を有する基、ケイ素原子を有する基、炭素数が6以上の直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のアルキル基、炭素数が9以上のアリール基、炭素数が10以上のアラルキル基、少なくとも1個の炭素数3以上の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基で置換されたアリール基、及び少なくとも1個の炭素数5以上の環状のアルキル基で置換されたアリール基からなる群より選択される1つ以上の基(以下「疎水性基」ともいう。)を有する繰り返し単位(以下「疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
<Repeating unit having a hydrophobic group>
The resin Y is a fluorine atom, a group having a fluorine atom, a group having a silicon atom, a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, a carbon atom, or a carbon atom from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. An aryl group having 9 or more carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms, an aryl group substituted with at least one linear or branched alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and at least one carbon number Repeating unit having one or more groups (hereinafter also referred to as "hydrophobic group") selected from the group consisting of aryl groups substituted with 5 or more cyclic alkyl groups (hereinafter "repeating unit having hydrophobic group"). Also referred to as “.”).
 上記フッ素原子を有する基としては、フッ素原子を有する直鎖状、分岐鎖状、若しくは環状のアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基が好ましい。
 上記フッ素原子を有する直鎖状、分岐鎖状、若しくは環状のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~6のフルオロアルキル基(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基等)が好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、例えば、フッ素原子で置換されたフェニル基が挙げられる。
As the group having a fluorine atom, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an aryl group having a fluorine atom is preferable.
The linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having a fluorine atom is preferably a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (eg, hexafluoroisopropyl group).
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include a phenyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
 上記ケイ素原子を有する基としては、例えば、アルキルシリル基が挙げられる。
 上記アルキルシリル基としては、例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、及びtert-ブチルジメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the group having a silicon atom include an alkylsilyl group.
Examples of the alkylsilyl group include a trimethylsilyl group, a triethylsilyl group, and a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group.
 上記炭素数が6以上の直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数6~20の直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、例えば、2-エチルヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、及びアダマンチル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a 2-ethylhexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group and the like.
 上記炭素数が9以上のアリール基としては、例えば、2個以上の5員又は6員の単環芳香族炭化水素環を組み合わせてなる多環構造のアリール基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group having 9 or more carbon atoms include an aryl group having a polycyclic structure formed by combining two or more 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon rings.
 上記炭素数が10以上のアラルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数10~20のアラルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、1-ナフチルメチル基、1-(1-ナフチル)エチル基、トリフェニルメチル基、及びピレニルメチル基等が挙げられる。 As the aralkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms, for example, an aralkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, 1-naphthylmethyl group, 1- (1-naphthyl) ethyl group, triphenylmethyl group. , And a pyrenylmethyl group.
 上記少なくとも1個の炭素数3以上の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基で置換されたアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数3~20(好ましくは炭素数3~10)の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基で置換されたフェニル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group substituted with at least one linear or branched alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms include, for example, a linear alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms) or Examples thereof include a phenyl group substituted with a branched chain alkyl group.
 上記少なくとも1個の炭素数5以上の環状のアルキル基で置換されたアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数5~20(好ましくは炭素数5~10)の環状のアルキル基で置換されたフェニル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group substituted with at least one cyclic alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms include a phenyl group substituted with a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms). Is mentioned.
 疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記式(AII)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit having a hydrophobic group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(AII)中、Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 式(AII)中のTで表される2価の連結基は、上述した式(AI)中のTで表される2価の連結基と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Tは、単結合が好ましい。
In formula (AII), T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by T in formula (AII) has the same meaning as the divalent linking group represented by T in formula (AI) described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
T is preferably a single bond.
 式(AII)中、Xbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。
 式(AII)中のXbで表されるハロゲン原子及び1価の有機基は、上述した式(AI)中のXaで表されるハロゲン原子及び1価の有機基と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Xbは、なかでも、水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましい。
In formula (AII), Xb 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
The halogen atom and monovalent organic group represented by Xb 1 in formula (AII) have the same meanings as the halogen atom and monovalent organic group represented by Xa 1 in formula (AI), and are preferable. The mode is also the same.
Among them, Xb 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 式(AII)中、Yは、上述した疎水性基を表す。 In formula (AII), Y 1 represents the above-mentioned hydrophobic group.
 樹脂Yは、疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin Y may contain one kind of repeating unit having a hydrophobic group, or may contain two or more kinds in combination.
 樹脂Yが疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(疎水性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂Yの全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば5モル%以上であり、10モル%以上が好ましい。また、その上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば60モル%以下であり、50モル%以下が好ましい。 When the resin Y contains a repeating unit having a hydrophobic group, the content of the repeating unit having a hydrophobic group (when there are a plurality of repeating units having a hydrophobic group, the total thereof) is On the other hand, it is, for example, 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 60 mol% or less, preferably 50 mol% or less.
 なお、樹脂Yが、上述した繰り返し単位D1を含む場合、樹脂Yは、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を実質的に含まないことが好ましい。なお、ここでいう「実質的に含まない」とは、樹脂Y中、上記酸分解性基を含む繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂Yの全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以下であることを意図し、上限は3モル%以下が好ましく、1モル%以下がより好ましく、0モル%が更に好ましい。 When the resin Y includes the repeating unit D1 described above, it is preferable that the resin Y does not substantially include the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. The term "substantially free" as used herein means that the content of the repeating unit containing the acid-decomposable group in the resin Y is 5 mol% or less based on all the repeating units of the resin Y. Therefore, the upper limit is preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or less, still more preferably 0 mol%.
 また、樹脂Yを構成する繰り返し単位の数は特に制限されない。樹脂Yは、例えば、1~5種の繰り返し単位で構成されていることが好ましい。なお、「樹脂Yが1~5種の繰り返し単位で構成されている」とは、樹脂Yの全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上の含有量で含まれる繰り返し単位が1~5種含まれているとの意図である。なかでも、樹脂Yが上述した繰り返し単位D1を含む場合、樹脂Yは、1種又は4種以上の繰り返し単位で構成されていることがより好ましい。また、樹脂Yが上述した繰り返し単位D2を含む場合、樹脂Yは、3種以上の繰り返し単位で構成されていることがより好ましい。
 なお、樹脂Yは、公知の方法により合成できる。
Moreover, the number of repeating units constituting the resin Y is not particularly limited. The resin Y is preferably composed of, for example, 1 to 5 types of repeating units. The phrase "resin Y is composed of 1 to 5 kinds of repeating units" means that 1 to 5 kinds of repeating units are contained in a content of 5 mol% or more based on all repeating units of resin Y. The intention is to have been. Especially, when the resin Y contains the repeating unit D1 mentioned above, it is more preferable that the resin Y is composed of one kind or four or more kinds of repeating units. When the resin Y includes the repeating unit D2 described above, the resin Y is more preferably composed of three or more kinds of repeating units.
The resin Y can be synthesized by a known method.
 上記樹脂Yの重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~20,000がより好ましく、3,000~20,000が更に好ましい。分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.0が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin Y is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and further 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
 上記樹脂Yは、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、上記樹脂Yの含有量は、全固形分中に対して、例えば、0.1質量%以上であり、1.0質量%以上が好ましく、2.0質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、10.0質量%以下が好ましく、6.0質量%以下がより好ましく、5.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The resin Y may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin Y is, for example, 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and 2.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content. More preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10.0 mass% or less, more preferably 6.0 mass% or less, and further preferably 5.0 mass% or less.
 上記樹脂Yが、繰り返し単位D1を含む場合、樹脂Yの含有量は、樹脂X100質量部に対して、例えば、2.0質量部以上であり、5.5質量部以上が好ましい。なお、その上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、10.0質量部以下である。
 また、上記樹脂Yが、繰り返し単位D2を含む場合、樹脂Yの含有量は、樹脂X100質量部に対して、例えば、2.0質量部以上であり、5.0質量部以上が好ましい。なお、その上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、10.0質量部以下である。
When the resin Y contains the repeating unit D1, the content of the resin Y is, for example, 2.0 parts by mass or more, and preferably 5.5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin X. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 10.0 parts by mass or less.
When the resin Y contains the repeating unit D2, the content of the resin Y is, for example, 2.0 parts by mass or more, and preferably 5.0 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin X. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 10.0 parts by mass or less.
〔光酸発生剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「光酸発生剤」ともいう。)を含む。
 なお、ここでいう光酸発生剤は、樹脂成分の脱保護反応(酸分解性樹脂の脱保護反応)を起こすため、又は樹脂成分の架橋反応を生起させるために通常用いられる光酸発生剤が該当する。
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。
[Photo acid generator]
The composition of the present invention contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “photoacid generator”).
In addition, the photo-acid generator referred to here is a photo-acid generator that is usually used for causing a deprotection reaction of a resin component (deprotection reaction of an acid-decomposable resin) or for causing a crosslinking reaction of a resin component. Applicable
As the photoacid generator, a compound that generates an organic acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable. Examples thereof include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0125]~[0319]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0086]~[0094]、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0323]~[0402]に開示された公知の化合物を光酸発生剤として好適に使用できる。 As the photo-acid generator, known compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used. For example, paragraphs [0125] to [0319] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs [0086] to [0094] of US Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and US Patent Application Publication 2016 / Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0323] to [0402] of the specification of 0237190A1 can be preferably used as the photoacid generator.
 光酸発生剤としては、例えば、下記式(ZI)、式(ZII)、又は式(ZIII)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the photoacid generator, for example, compounds represented by the following formula (ZI), formula (ZII) or formula (ZIII) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In the above formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
Two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, etc.), and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 — Can be mentioned.
Z represents an anion.
 式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、化合物(ZI-2)、化合物(ZI-3)、及び化合物(ZI-4)における対応する基が挙げられる。
 なお、光酸発生剤は、式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
Suitable examples of the cation in formula (ZI) include the corresponding groups in compound (ZI-1), compound (ZI-2), compound (ZI-3), and compound (ZI-4) described below. ..
The photo-acid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), at least one and is a single bond or a linking of R 201 ~ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI) It may be a compound having a structure bonded via a group.
 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。
First, the compound (ZI-1) will be described.
The compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the arylsulfonium compound include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物に含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 15 carbon atoms. Is preferred, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), or an aryl group. It may have a substituent (eg, having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
The compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 each independently is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and is a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group. A carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基若しくは炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a straight chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)は、下記式(ZI-3)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式(ZI-3)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基を表す。
In formula (ZI-3),
R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group. Represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Of course, this ring structure may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. The ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等が挙げられる。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
 Zcは、アニオンを表す。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more members out of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c or R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
Zc - represents an anion.
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記式(ZI-4)で表される。
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(ZI-4)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
R 13 represents a group having a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When a plurality of R 14's are present, each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
R 15's each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15's may combine with each other to form a ring. When two R 15 s are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, it is preferable that two R 15's are alkylene groups and they are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
Z represents an anion.
 式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましい。 In the formula (ZI-4), the alkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group or a t-butyl group.
 次に、式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)について説明する。
 式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207で表されるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207で表されるアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204~R207で表されるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基等)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基等)が好ましい。
Next, formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include a straight chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, Propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, etc.) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, etc.) is preferable.
 R204~R207で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, for carbon Examples thereof include an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
Z represents an anion.
 式(ZI)におけるZ、式(ZII)におけるZ、式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記式(3)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。 Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - as the anion represented by the following formula (3) preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 式(3)中、
 oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。
In formula (3),
o represents an integer of 1 to 3. p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf's are fluorine atoms.
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R及びRが複数存在する場合、R及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R及びRは、好ましくは水素原子である。
 少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は式(3)中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。
R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
The alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the formula (3).
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。なかでも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-、又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
L represents a divalent linking group. When there are a plurality of Ls, the Ls may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-(-C (= O) -O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-,-. SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 15), an alkenylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 6), and a plurality thereof Examples thereof include a divalent linking group in combination. Among them, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group -, or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
 Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。なかでも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Of these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環、及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of this aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Polycyclic compounds can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocycle having no aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. A furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable as the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The above cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic, or spirocyclic). It may be any, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide And a sulfonic acid ester group. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.
 式(3)で表されるアニオンとしては、SO -CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-COO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CF-CH-CH-(L)q-W、又は、SO -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、L、q及びWは、式(3)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 Examples of the anion represented by the formula (3), SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q '-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W, or, SO 3 - - CF 2 —CH (CF 3 ) —OCO— (L) q′-W is preferred. Here, L, q, and W are the same as those in Expression (3). q'represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一態様において、式(ZI)におけるZ、式(ZII)におけるZ、式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記の式(4)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 In one embodiment, Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - The, by the following equation (4) The anions represented are also preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(4)中、
 XB1及びXB2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 XB3及びXB4は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
 L、q及びWは、式(3)と同様である。
In formula (4),
X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. Is more preferable. It is further preferred that both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
L, q, and W are the same as in equation (3).
 式(ZI)におけるZ、式(ZII)におけるZ、式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記式(5)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。 Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - as the anion represented by the following formula (5) preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式(5)において、Xaは、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。Xbは、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。o、p、q、R、R、L、及びWの定義及び好ましい態様は、式(3)と同様である。 In the formula (5), Xa's each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Xb's each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom. The definitions and preferred embodiments of o, p, q, R 4 , R 5 , L, and W are the same as those in formula (3).
 式(ZI)におけるZ、式(ZII)におけるZ、式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び式(ZI-4)におけるZは、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。 Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion, branched It is preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a cyclic alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
 式(ZI)におけるZ、式(ZII)におけるZ、式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記の式(SA1)で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。 Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - The aromatic represented by the following formula (SA1) Group sulfonate anions are also preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式(SA1)中、
 Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
In formula (SA1),
Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and the-(DB) group. Further, examples of the substituent which may be included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
 nは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、3が更に好ましい。 ≪N represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and even more preferably 3.
 Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。 D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonate ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more thereof.
 Bは、炭化水素基を表す。 B represents a hydrocarbon group.
 Dは単結合であり、Bは脂肪族炭化水素構造であることが好ましい。Bは、イソプロピル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 Preferably, D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
 式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in formula (ZII) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式(ZI)におけるアニオンZ、式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ、式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び式(ZI-4)におけるZの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Anion Z in formula (ZI) -, anions Z in the formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in formula (ZI-4) - shows the preferred embodiment below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用できる。 Can be used as a photo-acid generator by combining the above cations and anions arbitrarily.
 本発明の組成物は、なかでも、形成されるレジスト膜の後退接触角がより高まる点で、下記式(P-1)~(P-8)からなる群より選ばれる1種以上の光酸発生剤を含むことが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention is, among others, one or more photoacids selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (P-1) to (P-8), in that the receding contact angle of the resist film formed is further increased. It is preferable to include a generator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 以下に、本発明の組成物が含み得る光酸発生剤の他の一例を示す。なお、これらを併用して使用してもよい。 Another example of the photo-acid generator that can be contained in the composition of the present invention is shown below. In addition, you may use these together.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、光酸発生剤として、低分子化合物の形態の光酸発生剤と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態の光酸発生剤とを併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂Xの一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂Xとは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 組成物中、光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~35.0質量%が好ましく、0.5~25.0質量%がより好ましく、3.0~20.0質量%が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤として、上記式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含む場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、5.0~35.0質量%が好ましく、7.0~30.0質量%がより好ましい。
The photo-acid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, as the photoacid generator, a photoacid generator in the form of a low molecular compound and a photoacid generator in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, still more preferably 1,000 or less.
When the photo-acid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin X described above, or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin X.
The photo-acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition, the content of the photo-acid generator (when plural kinds are present, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 35.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 0.5 to 25. 0.0 mass% is more preferable, and 3.0 to 20.0 mass% is further preferable.
When the compound represented by the above formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) is contained as the photo-acid generator, the content of the photo-acid generator contained in the composition (when a plurality of types are present, the total amount thereof is included). ) Is preferably 5.0 to 35.0% by mass, and more preferably 7.0 to 30.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
〔溶剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含む。
 本発明の組成物においては、公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0665]~[0670]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0210]~[0235]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0424]~[0426]、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0357]~[0366]に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、及びピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
〔solvent〕
The composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
In the composition of the present invention, a known resist solvent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs [0665] to [0670] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs [0210] to [0235] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1. Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0424] to [0426] of the specification and paragraphs [0357] to [0366] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 can be preferably used.
Examples of the solvent that can be used when preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), Examples of the organic solvent include a monoketone compound which may have a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
 有機溶剤として、構造中に水酸基を有する溶剤と、水酸基を有さない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を有する溶剤、及び水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、前述の例示化合物を適宜選択できるが、水酸基を含む溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、又は乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、又は乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を有していてもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、又は酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、なかでも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は酢酸ブチルがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は2-ヘプタノンが更に好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。
 水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有さない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1であり、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤を50質量%以上含む混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含む2種類以上の混合溶剤でもよい。
As the organic solvent, a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure with a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
As the solvent having a hydroxyl group, and the solvent having no hydroxyl group, the above-exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but as the solvent having a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate or the like is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred. The solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, an alkylalkoxypropionate, a monoketone compound which may have a ring, a cyclic lactone, an alkyl acetate or the like, among which propylene glycol. Monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxypropionate, cyclohexanone , Cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone are more preferred. Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent having no hydroxyl group.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be a single solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
〔酸拡散制御剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、本発明の効果を妨げない範囲で、酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用するものである。酸拡散制御剤としては、例えば、塩基性化合物(CA)、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CB)、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(CC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CD)、又はカチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(CE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。本発明の組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0627]~[0664]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0095]~[0187]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0403]~[0423]、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0259]~[0328]に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤として好適に使用できる。
[Acid diffusion control agent]
The composition of the present invention may contain an acid diffusion controller as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
The acid diffusion control agent acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photo-acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess acid generated. Examples of the acid diffusion control agent are basic compounds (CA), basic compounds (CB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and weak acids relatively to the photoacid generator. An onium salt (CC), a low molecular weight compound (CD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, or an onium salt compound (CE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion as an acid diffusion controller Can be used. In the composition of the present invention, a known acid diffusion control agent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1. The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of the specification and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 can be suitably used as the acid diffusion controller. ..
 塩基性化合物(CA)としては、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。 The basic compound (CA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。
In formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or aryl. Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group in formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
Of the above alkyl groups, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl groups in formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物(CA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、又はピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造若しくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 As the basic compound (CA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like are preferable, and an imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, A compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond is more preferable.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CB)(以下、「化合物(CB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。 The basic compound (CB) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (CB)”) whose basicity decreases or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group and contains actinic rays or It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with radiation and its proton acceptor property is reduced or disappears, or the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether, or π-conjugated. Means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられる。 Examples of preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(CB)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失し、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(CB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成するとき、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認できる。
The compound (CB) decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to reduce or disappear the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to acidic is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, and Means that, when a proton adduct is produced from a compound (CB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium decreases.
The proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(CB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1を満たすことがより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3を満たすことが更に好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (CB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <-1, more preferably -13 <pKa <-1. It is more preferable that 13 <pKa <-3 is satisfied.
 なお、酸解離定数pKaとは、上述した方法により求めることができる。 Note that the acid dissociation constant pKa can be obtained by the method described above.
 本発明の組成物では、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(CC)を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。
 光酸発生剤と、光酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt (CC), which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator, can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
When a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a weak acid relative to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are mixed and used, the photoacid generator is exposed to actinic rays or radiation. When the acid generated from collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, salt exchange releases the weak acid to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic activity, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the onium salt which is a weak acid relative to the photoacid generator, compounds represented by the following formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状のアルキレン基又はアリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基であり、Mは各々独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (provided that the carbon atom adjacent to S is a carbon atom). Is a fluorine atom which is not substituted), R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group, and Rf is a fluorine atom. And M + are each independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation, or an iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、式(ZI)で例示したスルホニウムカチオン及び式(ZII)で例示したヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified by the formula (ZII).
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(CC)は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、該カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物(以下、「化合物(CCA)」ともいう。)であってもよい。
 化合物(CCA)としては、下記式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。
An onium salt (CC), which is a weak acid relative to a photoacid generator, is a compound having a cation site and an anion site in the same molecule, and the cation site and the anion site are linked by a covalent bond. (Hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (CCA)”).
The compound (CCA) is preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(C-1)~(C-3)中、
 R、R、及びRは、各々独立に炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。
 Lは、カチオン部位とアニオン部位とを連結する2価の連結基又は単結合を表す。
 -Xは、-COO、-SO 、-SO 、及び-N-Rから選択されるアニオン部位を表す。Rは、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)、及びスルフィニル基(-S(=O)-)のうち少なくとも1つを有する1価の置換基を表す。
 R、R、R、R、及びLは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、式(C-3)において、R~Rのうち2つを合わせて1つの2価の置換基を表し、N原子と2重結合により結合していてもよい。
In formulas (C-1) to (C-3),
R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond that links the cation site and the anion site.
—X represents an anion moiety selected from —COO , —SO 3 , —SO 2 , and —N —R 4 . R 4 is a carbonyl group (-C (= O)-), a sulfonyl group (-S (= O) 2- ), and a sulfinyl group (-S (= O)-) at a connecting site with an adjacent N atom. Represents a monovalent substituent having at least one of
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may combine with each other to form a ring structure. In the formula (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to represent one divalent substituent, which may be bonded to the N atom by a double bond.
 R~Rにおける炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、及びアリールアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましい。 Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group and a cycloalkylamino. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group. Of these, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable.
 2価の連結基としてのLは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。Lは、好ましくは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、又はこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基である。 L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or these two types. Examples thereof include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CD)(以下、「化合物(CD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 化合物(CD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。
 化合物(CD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記式(d-1)で表される。
The low molecular weight compound (CD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (CD)”) has a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on a nitrogen atom. It is preferably an amine derivative having
The group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and more preferably a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. ..
The molecular weight of the compound (CD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, still more preferably 100 to 500.
The compound (CD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式(d-1)において、
 Rbは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立に水酸基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In formula (d-1),
Rb is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aralkyl group ( It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb's may be linked to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are each independently a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. It may be substituted with an atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
 Rbとしては、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素、及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許公報US2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落[0466]に開示された構造が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
As Rb, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb's to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons, and derivatives thereof.
Specific structures of the group represented by the formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph [0466] of US Patent Publication US2012 / 0135348A1.
 化合物(CD)は、下記式(6)で表される構造を有することが好ましい。 The compound (CD) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 式(6)において、
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rbは、上記式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にRbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In equation (6),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When 1 is 2, two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocycle with the nitrogen atom in the formula. This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
Rb has the same meaning as Rb in the above formula (d-1), and the preferred examples are also the same.
In the formula (6), the alkyl group as Ra, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, and the aralkyl group may be independently substituted with the alkyl group as Rb, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, and the aralkyl group. The group may be substituted with the same groups as those mentioned above.
 上記Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rbについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(CD)の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落[0475]に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group for Ra (these groups may be substituted with the above groups) include the same groups as those described above for Rb. Be done.
Specific examples of the particularly preferred compound (CD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of US Patent Application Publication 2012 / 0135348A1.
 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(CE)(以下、「化合物(CE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を含む塩基性部位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であることが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であることがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子又は炭素原子であることが更に好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子等)が直結していないことが好ましい。
 化合物(CE)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2015/0309408A1号明細書の段落[0203]に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
The onium salt compound (CE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (CE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety. The basic moiety is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. It is further preferred that all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom or the like) is not directly bonded to a nitrogen atom.
Specific preferred examples of the compound (CE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0203] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 03094080A1.
 酸拡散制御剤の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of acid diffusion control agents are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 組成物中、酸拡散制御剤を含む場合、酸拡散制御剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~7.0質量%がより好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the acid diffusion controlling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
When the composition contains an acid diffusion controlling agent, the content of the acid diffusion controlling agent (when plural kinds are present, the total thereof) is 0.1 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. Is preferred, and 0.1 to 7.0 mass% is more preferred.
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 本発明の組成物は、疎水性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。なお、ここでいう疎水性樹脂には、上述した樹脂X及び樹脂Yは含まれない。
 本発明の組成物が、疎水性樹脂を含むことにより、レジスト膜の表面における静的/動的な接触角を制御しやすい。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、及び液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。
 疎水性樹脂は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
[Hydrophobic resin]
The composition of the present invention may include a hydrophobic resin. The hydrophobic resin mentioned here does not include the resin X and the resin Y described above.
When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, it is easy to control the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the resist film. This makes it possible to improve the developing characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve the immersion liquid following property in the immersion exposure, and reduce the immersion defects.
The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar / nonpolar substance is uniformly mixed. Need not contribute to
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、及び“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂における上記フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. A resin having a repeating unit containing a seed is preferable.
When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be contained in the side chain. May be.
 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を含む場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, it is preferably a resin having a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group, a fluorine atom-containing cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom-containing aryl group as the fluorine atom-containing partial structure.
 疎水性樹脂は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。
 (x)酸基
 (y)アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(以下、極性変換基ともいう。)
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
The hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
(X) Acid group (y) Group that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developing solution to increase its solubility in the alkali developing solution (hereinafter, also referred to as a polar conversion group).
(Z) Group decomposable by the action of acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、又はビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl) Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) Examples thereof include a methylene group.
As the acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfonimide group, or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is preferable.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及びスルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)等が挙げられ、ラクトン基又はカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している繰り返し単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。この繰り返し単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。又は、この繰り返し単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
Examples of the group (y) that is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—), an acid anhydride group (—C (O) OC). (O)-), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
The repeating unit containing these groups is, for example, a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include repeating units of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester. In this repeating unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be introduced at the terminal of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups during the polymerization.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group (y), which is decomposed by the action of the alkaline developer to increase the solubility in the alkaline developer, is preferably 1 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is further preferable.
 疎水性樹脂における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、上述した樹脂Y中に含まれ得る酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂は、更に、上述した繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
The repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin is the same as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group that can be contained in the resin Y described above. The repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and further preferably 20 to 20 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 60 mol% is more preferable.
The hydrophobic resin may further have a repeating unit other than the above-mentioned repeating unit.
 フッ素原子有する繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、30~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を有する繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、20~100モル%がより好ましい。 The repeating unit having a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating unit having a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を実質的に含まない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。 On the other hand, particularly when the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, a form in which the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable. Further, the hydrophobic resin is preferably substantially composed of only the repeating unit composed of only atoms selected from carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom, nitrogen atom and sulfur atom.
 疎水性樹脂)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1,000~100,000が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましい。 The standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the (hydrophobic resin) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
 疎水性樹脂に含まれる残存モノマー及び/又はオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3の範囲である。 The total content of the residual monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
 疎水性樹脂としては、公知の樹脂を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2015/0168830A1号明細書の段落[0451]~[0704]、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0340]~[0356]に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0177]~[0258]に開示された繰り返し単位も、疎水性樹脂を構成する繰り返し単位として好ましい。 As the hydrophobic resin, a known resin can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, appropriately selected and used. For example, known resins disclosed in paragraphs [0451] to [0704] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0168830A1 and paragraphs [0340] to [0356] of US Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0274458A1. Can be suitably used as the hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs [0177] to [0258] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1 are also preferable as the repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin.
 疎水性樹脂を構成する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit that constitutes the hydrophobic resin are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 以下に、本発明の組成物が含み得る疎水性樹脂の具体例を示す。 Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin that can be contained in the composition of the present invention are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 疎水性樹脂は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂を混合して使用することが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。
 組成物中に疎水性樹脂が含まれる場合、疎水性樹脂の含有量は、組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~8.0質量%がより好ましい。
The hydrophobic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
It is preferable to mix and use two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins having different surface energies, from the viewpoint of achieving both the immersion liquid following property in the immersion exposure and the developing property.
When a hydrophobic resin is contained in the composition, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, and 0.05 to 8.0% by mass based on the total solid content in the composition. % Is more preferable.
〔界面活性剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでもよい。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、又はフッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)が好ましい。
[Surfactant]
The composition of the present invention may include a surfactant.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom). ..
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないパターンを得やすい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落[0280]に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用してもよい。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, it is easy to obtain a pattern with good sensitivity and resolution and less adhesiveness and development defects.
Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
Further, a surfactant other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant described in paragraph [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
 界面活性剤は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中に界面活性剤が含まれる場合、界面活性剤の含有量(複数含まれる場合、その合計含有量)は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して10質量ppm以上とすれば、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、レジスト膜の表面をより疎水的にでき、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant (when a plurality of the compounds is contained, the total content thereof) is 0.0001 to 2 mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % Is preferable, and 0.0005 to 1 mass% is more preferable.
On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 10 mass ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin increases. As a result, the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water following property during immersion exposure is improved.
〔その他の添加剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、更に、上述した以外の樹脂、界面活性剤、架橋剤、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、又は溶解促進剤等を含んでいてもよい。
[Other additives]
The composition of the present invention further comprises a resin other than those described above, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, an acid proliferating agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, or a dissolution agent. It may contain a promoter and the like.
〔調製方法〕 [Preparation method]
 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、1.0~10質量%が好ましく、2.0~5.7質量%がより好ましく、2.0~5.3質量%が更に好ましい。つまり組成物が溶剤を含む場合における、組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、上記固形分濃度の好適な範囲を満たせるように調整することが好ましい。なお、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
 組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性又は製膜性を向上させて、本発明の組成物からなるレジスト膜の膜厚を調整できる。
The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and further preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass. That is, when the composition contains a solvent, the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably adjusted so as to satisfy the preferable range of the solid content concentration. The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the resist components other than the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
It is possible to adjust the thickness of the resist film comprising the composition of the present invention by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range so as to have an appropriate viscosity and improving the coatability or film-forming property.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤(好ましくは上記混合溶剤)に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いることが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、組成物の固形分濃度が高い場合(例えば、25質量%以上)は、フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは3μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.3μm以下が更に好ましい。このフィルターは、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば日本国特許出願公開第2002-62667号明細書(特開2002-62667)に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。
The composition of the present invention is preferably used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent (preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent), filtering this, and coating it on a predetermined support (substrate).
The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, still more preferably 0.03 μm or less. When the solid content concentration of the composition is high (for example, 25% by mass or more), the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and further preferably 0.3 μm or less. This filter is preferably a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In the filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-62667), cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters are connected in series or in parallel. It may be connected to and filtered. Also, the composition may be filtered multiple times. Further, the composition may be subjected to deaeration treatment before and after filtration with a filter.
〔物性〕
 本発明の組成物から形成される膜の水に対する後退接触角(RCA)は、73°以上であり、76°以上が好ましく、80°以上がより好ましく、81°以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、90°以下の場合が多い。
 なお、本明細書中、「膜の水に対する後退接触角」とは、下記条件により成膜された膜の後退接触角を意図する。
 <成膜条件>
 本発明の組成物を用いてスピンコートによりシリコンウエハ上に塗布した後、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベークを行い、膜厚100nmの膜を形成する。次いで、上記膜に対して、水滴50μlを滴下した後、シリコンウエハを傾け、室温23℃、相対湿度45%環境下にて、水滴の後退接触角を測定する。
 後退接触角(RCA)は、例えば、樹脂Y中の繰り返し単位の種類及びそのモル比率、及び、組成物中の樹脂Yの含有量を調整することにより、73°以上に制御され得る。
[Physical properties]
The receding contact angle (RCA) of the film formed from the composition of the present invention with respect to water is 73 ° or more, preferably 76 ° or more, more preferably 80 ° or more, and further preferably 81 ° or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is often 90 ° or less.
In the present specification, "receding contact angle of film with respect to water" means the receding contact angle of a film formed under the following conditions.
<Film forming conditions>
The composition of the present invention is applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating and then baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a film having a thickness of 100 nm. Then, after dropping 50 μl of a water drop onto the film, the silicon wafer is tilted, and the receding contact angle of the water drop is measured under the environment of room temperature of 23 ° C. and relative humidity of 45%.
The receding contact angle (RCA) can be controlled to 73 ° or more by adjusting, for example, the type and the molar ratio of the repeating unit in the resin Y and the content of the resin Y in the composition.
〔用途〕
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。更に詳しくは、本発明の組成物は、IC(Integrated Circuit)等の半導体製造工程、液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、又は平版印刷版、若しくは酸硬化性組成物の製造に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。本発明において形成されるパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、及びMEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用できる。
[Use]
The composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which reacts upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to change its properties. More specifically, the composition of the present invention comprises a semiconductor manufacturing process such as IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board such as liquid crystal or a thermal head, a mold structure for imprinting, other photofabrication process, or The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition. The pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) and the like.
[パターン形成方法、レジスト膜]
 本発明は上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法にも関する。以下、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。また、パターン形成方法の説明と併せて、本発明のレジスト膜についても説明する。
[Pattern forming method, resist film]
The present invention also relates to a pattern forming method using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The pattern forming method of the present invention will be described below. Further, the resist film of the present invention will be described together with the description of the pattern forming method.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (i)上述した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜(感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜)を支持体上に形成する工程(レジスト膜形成工程(成膜工程))、
 (ii)上記レジスト膜を露光する(活性光線又は放射線を照射する)工程(露光工程)、及び、
 (iii)上記露光されたレジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、
を有する。
The pattern forming method of the present invention is
(I) A step of forming a resist film (actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on a support using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist film forming step (film forming step) ),
(Ii) a step of exposing (irradiating with actinic rays or radiation) the resist film (exposure step); and
(Iii) a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developer (developing step),
Have.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記(i)~(iii)の工程を含んでいれば特に限定されず、更に下記の工程を有していてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程における露光方法が、スキャン速度が700mm/s以上の液浸露光であることが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の前に、(iv)前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の後、かつ、(iii)現像工程の前に、(v)露光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(iv)前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(v)露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
The pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the steps (i) to (iii) described above, and may further include the following steps.
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, it is preferable that the exposure method in the exposure step (ii) is immersion exposure at a scan speed of 700 mm / s or more.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) pre-heating (PB: PreBake) step before the (ii) exposure step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) post-exposure bake (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) step after (ii) exposure step and before (iii) development step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) the exposure step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iv) the preheating step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) the post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、上述した(i)レジスト膜形成工程(成膜工程)、(ii)露光工程、及び(iii)現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行える。 In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the above-mentioned (i) resist film forming step (film forming step), (ii) exposing step, and (iii) developing step can be performed by a generally known method.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は、解像力向上の観点から、110nm以下が好ましく、95nm以下がより好ましい。
 また、必要に応じて、レジスト膜と支持体との間にレジスト下層膜(例えば、SOG(Spin On Glass)、SOC(Spin On Carbon)、及び、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。レジスト下層膜を構成する材料としては、公知の有機系又は無機系の材料を適宜使用できる。
 レジスト膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、国際特許出願公開第2016/157988A号明細書に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用できる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含むことが好ましい。
 上述した疎水性樹脂を含むレジスト膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。
From the viewpoint of improving resolution, the film thickness of the resist film is preferably 110 nm or less, more preferably 95 nm or less.
If necessary, a resist underlayer film (eg, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and antireflection film) may be formed between the resist film and the support. As a material forming the resist underlayer film, a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used.
A protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film. A known material can be appropriately used for the protective film. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The protective film forming composition disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be preferably used. The protective film forming composition preferably contains the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
A protective film may be formed on the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
 支持体は、特に限定されず、IC等の半導体の製造工程、又は液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程等で一般的に用いられる基板を使用できる。支持体の具体例としては、シリコン、SiO、及びSiN等の無機基板等が挙げられる。 The support is not particularly limited, and a substrate that is generally used in a manufacturing process of a semiconductor such as an IC or a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other lithography process of photofabrication is used. it can. Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
 加熱温度は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70~130℃が好ましく、80~120℃がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は、露光装置及び現像装置に備わっている手段で行え、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., and more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. both in the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and further preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both the (iv) preheating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure device and the developing device, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 露光工程に用いられる光源波長に制限はないが、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光(EUV)、X線、及び電子線等が挙げられる。これらの中でも遠紫外光が好ましく、その波長は250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmが更に好ましい。具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、又は電子線等が好ましく、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV、又は電子線がより好ましく、ArFエキシマ―レーザーが更に好ましい。 The wavelength of the light source used in the exposure step is not limited, but examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray, and electron beam. Of these, far-ultraviolet light is preferable, and its wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, still more preferably 1 to 200 nm. Specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam or the like is preferable, and KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is more preferable, and ArF excimer laser is further preferable.
 (iii)現像工程においては、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。 In the development step (iii), an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer) may be used.
 アルカリ現像液としては、通常、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩が用いられるが、これ以外にも無機アルカリ、1~3級アミン、アルコールアミン、及び環状アミン等のアルカリ水溶液も使用可能である。
 更に、上記アルカリ現像液は、アルコール類、及び/又は界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10~15である。
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像を行う時間は、通常10~300秒である。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度、pH、及び現像時間は、形成するパターンに応じて、適宜調整できる。
As the alkali developer, a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is usually used, but in addition to this, an alkaline aqueous solution of an inorganic alkali, a primary to tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, a cyclic amine, or the like can also be used. It can be used.
Furthermore, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohols and / or a surfactant. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10 to 15.
The time for developing with an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds.
The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developing solution can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含む現像液であることが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. Preferably.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及びプロピレンカーボネート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples thereof include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、及びプロピオン酸ブチル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ester solvent include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl acetate. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butane Examples thereof include butyl acid salt, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0715]~[0718]に開示された溶剤を使用できる。 As the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, the ether-based solvent, and the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 can be used.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含まないことが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50~100質量%が好ましく、80~100質量%がより好ましく、90~100質量%が更に好ましく、95~100質量%が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or a solvent other than the above or water may be mixed. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developing solution is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, further preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and 95 to 100% by mass based on the total amount of the developing solution. % Is particularly preferred.
 現像液は、必要に応じて公知の界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。 The developer may contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant if necessary.
 界面活性剤の含有量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%であり、0.005~2質量%が好ましく、0.01~0.5質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
 有機系現像液は、酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。 The organic developer may contain an acid diffusion controller.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the developing method include a method of dipping the substrate in a tank filled with the developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and resting for a certain period of time (paddle method), and a substrate. Examples include a method of spraying the developing solution on the surface (spray method) and a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning the developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed on a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method). Be done.
 アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)、及び有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)を組み合わせてもよい。これにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、より微細なパターンを形成できる。 The step of developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing with a developing solution containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined. As a result, a pattern can be formed without dissolving only an intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern can be formed.
 (iii)現像工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。 (Iii) It is preferable to include a step of washing with a rinse liquid (rinse step) after the developing step.
 アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、例えば純水を使用できる。純水は、界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。また、現像工程又はリンス工程の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を追加してもよい。更に、リンス処理又は超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行ってもよい。 As the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the developing step using the alkaline developer, pure water can be used, for example. Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant. Further, after the developing step or the rinsing step, a treatment of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Furthermore, after the rinse treatment or the treatment with the supercritical fluid, a heat treatment may be performed to remove the water remaining in the pattern.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を使用することが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明した溶剤と同様の溶剤が挙げられる。
 この場合のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含むリンス液がより好ましい。
The rinse solution used in the rinse step after the developing step using the developer containing the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. As the rinse liquid, a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. Preferably.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the ketone-based solvent, the ester-based solvent, the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, and the ether-based solvent include the same solvents as those described in the developer containing the organic solvent.
As the rinse liquid used in the rinse step in this case, a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
 リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の1価アルコールが挙げられる。具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノールが挙げられる。
 1価アルコールは炭素数5以上であるのも好ましく、このような例としては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノール等が挙げられる。
Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol.
The monohydric alcohol preferably has 5 or more carbon atoms, and examples thereof include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol and 3-methyl-1-butanol. , And methyl isobutyl carbinol.
 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合して使用してもよい。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下が更に好ましい。含水率を10質量%以下とすれば、良好な現像特性が得られる。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス液は、界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。
A plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above and used.
The water content in the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the developing step using the developer containing the organic solvent is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass or less. When the water content is 10% by mass or less, good developing characteristics can be obtained.
The rinse solution after the development step using the developer containing an organic solvent may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
 リンス工程においては、現像を行った基板を、リンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、又は基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。なかでも、回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2,000~4,000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去する方法が好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むのも好ましい。この加熱工程によりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程において、加熱温度は通常40~160℃であり、70~95℃が好ましく、加熱時間は通常10秒~3分であり、30秒~90秒が好ましい。 In the rinse step, the developed substrate is washed with a rinse solution. The method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), or immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), or the like can be used. Among them, a method of performing a cleaning treatment by a spin coating method, rotating the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm after the cleaning, and removing the rinse liquid from the substrate is preferable. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinse step. By this heating step, the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed. In the heating step after the rinse step, the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., and the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、レジスト溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、又はトップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属成分、異性体、及び残存モノマー等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。上記の各種材料に含まれるこれらの不純物の含有量としては、1質量ppm以下が好ましく、100質量ppt以下がより好ましく、10質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a resist solvent, a developer, a rinse solution, an antireflection film-forming composition, or a top layer). It is preferable that the coating forming composition) does not contain impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers. The content of these impurities contained in the above various materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, further preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and substantially no content (detection by a measuring device) Below the limit) is particularly preferable.
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したフィルターを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。フィルターとしては、日本国特許出願公開第2016-201426号明細書(特開2016-201426)に開示されるような溶出物が低減されたフィルターが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過のほか、吸着材を用いて不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル若しくはゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、又は活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。金属吸着材としては、例えば、日本国特許出願公開第2016-206500号明細書(特開2016-206500)に開示される材料が挙げられる。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、又は装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法が挙げられる。レジスト成分の各種材料(バインダー及び光酸発生剤等)を合成する製造設備の全工程にグラスライニングの処理を施すのも、pptオーダーまでメタルを低減するために好ましい。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from the above various materials include filtration using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, still more preferably 3 nm or less. As the material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable. As the filter, a filter previously washed with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, plural kinds of filters may be connected in series or in parallel and used. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore sizes and / or materials may be used in combination. Further, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step. As the filter, a filter with reduced eluate as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (JP-A-2016-201426) is preferable.
In addition to filter filtration, an adsorbent may be used to remove impurities, and filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used, and for example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used. Examples of the metal adsorbent include the materials disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (JP-A-2016-206500).
Further, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material forming various materials, a filter for the raw materials forming various materials is filtered, Alternatively, a method may be mentioned in which the inside of the apparatus is lined with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like to carry out distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible. It is also preferable to perform glass lining treatment in all steps of the manufacturing facility for synthesizing various materials (binder, photo-acid generator, etc.) of the resist component in order to reduce metal to the ppt order. Preferable conditions for the filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting various materials are the same as the above-mentioned conditions.
 上記の各種材料は、不純物の混入を防止するために、米国特許出願公開第2015/0227049号明細書、日本国特許出願公開第2015-123351号明細書(特開2015-123351)、及び日本国特許出願公開第2017-13804号明細書(特開2017-13804)等に記載された容器に保存されることが好ましい。 In order to prevent impurities from being mixed in the above-mentioned various materials, US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0227049, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351 (JP-A-2015-123351), and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. It is preferably stored in a container described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-13804 (JP-A-2017-13804).
 本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含むガスのプラズマによってパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、日本国特許出願公開第2004-235468号明細書(特開2004-235468)、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、及びProc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたパターンは、例えば日本国特許出願公開第1991-270227号明細書(特開平3-270227)、及び米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。
A method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention. As a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern, for example, a method of treating the pattern with a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen, which is disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957, can be mentioned. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-235468), United States Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, and Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement” may be applied.
Further, the pattern formed by the above method is a spacer disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (JP-A-3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941. It can be used as the core material of the process.
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、及び通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。
[Method of manufacturing electronic device]
The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described above. The electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric / electronic device (for example, a home electric appliance, an OA (Office Automation) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, or the like). To be done.
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the following examples.
[各種成分]
〔酸分解性樹脂〕
 表1に、表3に示される酸分解性樹脂(樹脂A-1~A-40)の構造を示す。
 なお、酸分解性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。
 なお、樹脂A-1~A-39は、樹脂Xに該当する。また、樹脂A-1、A-3、A-4、A-6、A-8、A-12、A-13、A-14、A-16、及びA-19は、上述した樹脂X-1~X-10に各々該当する。
[Various ingredients]
[Acid-decomposable resin]
Table 1 shows the structures of the acid-decomposable resins (resins A-1 to A-40) shown in Table 3.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the acid-decomposable resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene-equivalent amount). In addition, the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
The resins A-1 to A-39 correspond to the resin X. The resins A-1, A-3, A-4, A-6, A-8, A-12, A-13, A-14, A-16, and A-19 are the same as the above-mentioned resin X- 1 to X-10 respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
 以下に、表1にて示される各種モノマーを示す。 The various monomers shown in Table 1 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 表2に、表3に示される疎水性樹脂(樹脂E-1~E-20)の構造を示す。
 なお、疎水性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMRにより測定した。
 なお、樹脂E-1~E-15は、樹脂Yに該当する。具体的には、樹脂E-1~E-7は、上述した式(I)で表される基を含む繰り返し単位D1を含み、樹脂E-8~E-11は、上述した式(II)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位D2を含み、樹脂E-12~E-15は、上述した式(I)で表される基を含む繰り返し単位D1と、上述した式(II)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位D2とを含む。
 また、以下に示すモノマー(Z-2)に由来する繰り返し単位は、上述した式(Y-1)で表される繰り返し単位に該当し、以下に示すモノマー(I-5)に由来する繰り返し単位は、上述した式(Y-2)で表される繰り返し単位に該当する。
[Hydrophobic resin]
Table 2 shows the structures of the hydrophobic resins (resins E-1 to E-20) shown in Table 3.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the hydrophobic resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene-equivalent amount). The composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR.
The resins E-1 to E-15 correspond to the resin Y. Specifically, the resins E-1 to E-7 contain the repeating unit D1 containing the group represented by the above formula (I), and the resins E-8 to E-11 are the same as the above formula (II). The resin E-12 to E-15 contains a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the formula (I) and a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the formula (I). And a repeating unit D2 derived from the monomer.
The repeating unit derived from the monomer (Z-2) shown below corresponds to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (Y-1), and the repeating unit derived from the monomer (I-5) shown below. Corresponds to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (Y-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
 以下に、表2にて示される各種モノマーを示す。 The various monomers shown in Table 2 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000065
〔光酸発生剤〕
 表3に示される光酸発生剤(P-1~P-8、及びPX-1)の構造を以下に示す。
[Photo acid generator]
The structures of the photo-acid generators (P-1 to P-8 and PX-1) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
〔酸拡散制御剤〕
 表3に示される酸拡散制御剤(D-1~D-4)の構造を以下に示す。
[Acid diffusion control agent]
The structures of the acid diffusion control agents (D-1 to D-4) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
〔溶剤〕
 表3に示される溶剤を以下に示す。
 F-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 F-2:シクロヘキサノン
 F-3:γ-ブチロラクトン
 F-4:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 F-5:2-ヘプタノン
〔solvent〕
The solvents shown in Table 3 are shown below.
F-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
F-2: cyclohexanone F-3: γ-butyrolactone F-4: propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
F-5: 2-heptanone
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製]
 表3に示した各種成分を混合し、得られた混合液を0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、レジスト組成物ともいう)を調製した。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
[Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also referred to as a resist composition) is prepared by mixing the various components shown in Table 3 and filtering the obtained mixed solution with a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm. Was prepared). The resist composition obtained was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
[後退接触角(RCA)の評価]
 表3に示す各レジスト組成物を、スピンコートにより4インチのシリコンウエハ上に塗布した後、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベークを行い、膜厚100nmの膜を形成した。次いで、得られた膜上に水滴50μlを滴下した後、シリコンウエハを傾け、水滴の滑り出す水滴後方側の角度を後退接触角(RCA)として、接触角(°)を測定した。なお、測定環境は、室温23℃、相対湿度45%である。
 結果を表4に示す。
[Evaluation of receding contact angle (RCA)]
Each resist composition shown in Table 3 was applied onto a 4-inch silicon wafer by spin coating, and then baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a film having a thickness of 100 nm. Then, after dropping 50 μl of a water drop on the obtained film, the silicon wafer was tilted, and the contact angle (°) was measured with the receding contact angle (RCA) being the angle on the rear side of the water drop from which the water drop slides. The measurement environment is room temperature of 23 ° C. and relative humidity of 45%.
The results are shown in Table 4.
[パターン形成(A)及び評価]
〔レジスト膜の形成〕
 シリコンウエハ(12インチ口径)上に反射防止膜ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記表3に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベークを行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
[Pattern formation (A) and evaluation]
[Formation of resist film]
An antireflection film ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer (12-inch diameter) and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a film thickness of 86 nm. The resist composition shown in the above Table 3 was applied thereon and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 100 nm.
〔ArF露光〕
 次いで、得られたレジスト膜をArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製 XT1950i、NA1.35、Dipole、アウターシグマ0.981、インナーシグマ0.895、Y偏向)を用い、線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して、スキャン速度800mm/sで液浸露光した。液浸液としては超純水を使用した。
[ArF exposure]
Then, the obtained resist film was subjected to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (XT1950i manufactured by ASML, NA1.35, Dipole, outer sigma 0.981, inner sigma 0.895, Y deflection) at a line width of 45 nm of 1 :. Immersion exposure was performed at a scan speed of 800 mm / s through a 6% halftone mask having a 1-line and space pattern. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
〔アルカリ現像〕
 その後、90℃で60秒間加熱した後、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)で30秒間現像し、純水でリンスした後、スピン乾燥して線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
[Alkaline development]
Then, after heating at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, it is developed with a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (2.38% by mass) for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, and then spin-dried to a line width of 45 nm in a 1: 1 line and line. Got a space pattern.
 上記45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを形成できる最少露光量を実効感度とした。次いで、下記手順により、塗布後(露光前)引き置きにおける線幅変化、及び露光後引き置きにおける線幅変化を評価した。 The minimum exposure that can form the 45 nm 1: 1 line and space pattern was defined as the effective sensitivity. Then, by the following procedure, the change in line width after application (before exposure) and the change in line width after exposure were evaluated.
[塗布後(露光前)引き置き後の線幅変化評価及び露光後引き置き後の線幅変化評価]
〔塗布後(露光前)引き置き後の線幅変化評価〕
<パターン形成(B)>
 上述したパターン形成(A)と同様の方法により〔レジスト膜形成〕を実施した後、得られたレジスト膜付きウェハを大気下で24時間保管した。次いで、上記実効感度にて、上述したパターン形成(A)と同様の方法により〔ArF露光〕及び〔アルカリ現像〕を実施することで、線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
[Evaluation of line width change after application (pre-exposure) leaving and line width change after exposure after exposure]
[Evaluation of line width change after coating (before exposure) and leaving]
<Pattern formation (B)>
After performing [resist film formation] by the same method as the pattern formation (A) described above, the obtained wafer with a resist film was stored in the atmosphere for 24 hours. Then, [ArF exposure] and [alkali development] were carried out at the above-mentioned effective sensitivity in the same manner as in the above-mentioned pattern formation (A) to obtain a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 45 nm.
(評価)
 得られた線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社の「CG-4100」)にてパターン上部から観察し、線幅を50ポイント測定し、その平均値を「塗布後(露光前)引き置き後の平均線幅値(nm)」とした。次いで下記式(1)により「塗布後(露光前)引き置き後の線幅変化量(nm)」を求め、後述する評価基準により評価を実施した。
 なお、下記式(1)中、「通常処理の平均線幅値(nm)」とは、塗布後(露光前)引き置き、及び露光後引き置きをいずれもせずにパターン形成を実施した場合の平均線幅値(nm)を意図する。つまり、上述したパターン形成(A)により得られた線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社の「CG-4100」)にてパターン上部から観察し、線幅を50ポイント測定したときの平均値を意図する。
(Evaluation)
The obtained 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 45 nm was observed from above the pattern with a scanning electron microscope (“CG-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and the line width was measured at 50 points, and the average was obtained. The value was defined as "average line width value (nm) after coating (before exposure) and leaving". Then, the "line width change amount (nm) after application (before exposure) after leaving" was determined by the following formula (1), and evaluation was performed according to the evaluation criteria described later.
In the formula (1) below, the “average line width value (nm) of normal processing” means that the pattern formation is performed without applying after coating (before exposure) and after exposure. The average line width value (nm) is intended. That is, the 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 45 nm obtained by the above-mentioned pattern formation (A) was observed from above the pattern with a scanning electron microscope (“CG-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), The average value when measuring the line width at 50 points is intended.
 式(1):塗布後(露光前)引き置き後の線幅変化量(nm)=(塗布後(露光前)引き置き後の平均線幅値(nm))-(通常処理の平均線幅値(nm)) Formula (1): Amount of change in line width after application (before exposure) and drawing (nm) = (Average line width value after application (before exposure) and drawing (nm))-(Average line width in normal processing) Value (nm))
(評価基準)
 「A」:線幅変化が1.0nm以下
 「B」:線幅変化が1.0nm超2.0nm以下
 「C」:線幅変化が2.0nm超3.0nm以下
 「D」:線幅変化が3.0nm超
 結果を表4に示す。
(Evaluation criteria)
"A": Line width change is 1.0 nm or less "B": Line width change is more than 1.0 nm and 2.0 nm or less "C": Line width change is more than 2.0 nm and 3.0 nm or less "D": Line width The change is over 3.0 nm. The results are shown in Table 4.
〔露光後引き置き後の線幅変化評価〕
<パターン形成(C)>
 上述したパターン形成(A)と同様の方法により〔レジスト膜形成〕及び〔ArF露光〕を実施した後、得られた露光後のレジスト膜付きウェハを大気下で24時間保管した。次いで、上述したパターン形成(A)と同様の方法により〔アルカリ現像〕を実施することで、線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
[Evaluation of line width change after exposure after drawing]
<Pattern formation (C)>
After performing [resist film formation] and [ArF exposure] by the same method as the above-described pattern formation (A), the obtained resist-coated wafer was stored in the atmosphere for 24 hours. Then, by performing [alkali development] in the same manner as in the above-mentioned pattern formation (A), a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 45 nm was obtained.
(評価)
 得られた線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社の「CG-4100」)にてパターン上部から観察し、線幅を50ポイント測定し、その平均値を「露光後引き置き後の平均線幅値(nm)」とした。次いで下記式(2)により、「露光後引き置き後の線幅変化量(nm)」を求め、後述する評価基準により評価を実施した。なお、下記式(2)中「通常処理の平均線幅値(nm)」とは、上述した式(1)中の「通常処理の平均線幅値(nm)」と同義である。
(Evaluation)
The obtained 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 45 nm was observed from above the pattern with a scanning electron microscope (“CG-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and the line width was measured at 50 points, and the average was obtained. The value was defined as "average line width value (nm) after exposure and leaving". Then, the “line width change amount (nm) after drawing after exposure” was obtained by the following formula (2), and evaluation was performed according to the evaluation criteria described later. In addition, "the average line width value (nm) of the normal process" in the following formula (2) is synonymous with "the average line width value (nm) of the normal process" in the above formula (1).
 式(2):露光後引き置き後の線幅変化量(nm)=(露光後引き置き後の平均線幅値(nm))-(通常処理の平均線幅値(nm)) Formula (2): Line width change amount after exposure after exposure (nm) = (Average line width value after exposure after exposure (nm))-(Average line width value for normal processing (nm))
(評価基準)
 「A」:線幅変化が1.0nm以下
 「B」:線幅変化が1.0nm超2.0nm以下
 「C」:線幅変化が2.0nm超3.0nm以下
 「D」:線幅変化が3.0nm超
 結果を表4に示す。
(Evaluation criteria)
"A": Line width change is 1.0 nm or less "B": Line width change is more than 1.0 nm and 2.0 nm or less "C": Line width change is more than 2.0 nm and 3.0 nm or less "D": Line width The change is over 3.0 nm. The results are shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
 表1の結果から、実施例のレジスト組成物によれば、塗布後(露光前)の引き置き及び露光後の引き置きによるパターンの線幅変化が抑制されたレジスト膜を形成できることが明らかである。
 また、表1の結果から、レジスト組成物により形成される膜のRCAが76°以上である場合、塗布後(露光前)の引き置き及び露光後の引き置きによるパターンの線幅変化がより抑制されたレジスト膜を形成できる(塗布後(露光前)の引き置き及び露光後の引き置きによるパターンの線幅変化の評価結果の少なくとも一方が「B」以上の評価となる)ことが明らかである。特に、レジスト組成物により形成される膜のRCAが81°以上である場合、塗布後(露光前)の引き置き及び露光後の引き置きによるパターンの線幅変化が更に一層抑制されたレジスト膜を形成できる(塗布後(露光前)の引き置き及び露光後の引き置きによるパターンの線幅変化の評価結果の少なくとも一方が「A」評価となる)ことが明らかである。
 一方、比較例のレジスト組成物では、所定の要求を満たさないことが明らかである。
From the results in Table 1, it is clear that the resist compositions of Examples can form a resist film in which the change in the line width of the pattern due to the post-application (before the exposure) and the post-exposure after the deposition is suppressed. ..
Further, from the results of Table 1, when the RCA of the film formed by the resist composition is 76 ° or more, the change in the line width of the pattern due to the post-application (before the exposure) and the post-exposure after-exposure is further suppressed. It is clear that the formed resist film can be formed (at least one of the evaluation results of the line width change of the pattern due to the post-application (pre-exposure) and the post-exposure post-setting is “B” or more) .. In particular, when the RCA of the film formed by the resist composition is 81 ° or more, it is possible to obtain a resist film in which the change in the line width of the pattern after application (before exposure) and the change in the pattern due to the exposure after exposure is further suppressed. It is clear that it can be formed (at least one of the evaluation results of the change in the line width of the pattern due to the pulling after coating (before exposure) and the pulling after exposure is “A” evaluation).
On the other hand, it is clear that the resist composition of Comparative Example does not meet the predetermined requirements.

Claims (14)

  1.  樹脂Xと、樹脂Yと、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物と、溶剤と、を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記樹脂Xは、酸の作用によりアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する樹脂であって、下記モノマー群Aから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Aと下記モノマー群Bから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Bとを含み、
     前記樹脂Yは、下記式(I)で表される基を含む繰り返し単位D1及び下記式(II)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位D2の少なくとも一方の繰り返し単位を含み、
     前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される膜の水に対する後退接触角が73°以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
      モノマー群A:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
      モノマー群B:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
      式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式(I)中、Rは、炭素数1~20の1価のアルカリ解離性基を表す。Mは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基を表す。Lは、隣接するカルボニル基に結合する炭素原子を有する炭素数1~20の2価の有機基を表す。なお、前記Lと前記Mとは、互いに結合して環員数3~20の脂環構造又は脂肪族複素環構造を形成してもよい。*は、結合手を表す。
      式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     式(II)中、R11は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。R12は、炭素数1~10のフッ素化炭化水素基、又は式(IIA)で表される基を表す。R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。A11及びA12は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基、又は*-A13-X11-(A14-X12)a-A15-を表す。*は、酸素原子との結合手を表す。但し、A11及びA12において、酸素原子と結合する炭素原子は3級炭素原子ではない。A13、A14及びA15は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基を表す。X11及びX12は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-を表す。aは、0又は1を表す。
      式(IIA):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     式(IIA)中、AT1は、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~18の2価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。XT1は、-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-を表す。AT2は、フッ素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。但し、AT1及びAT2のうちの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を1つ以上含む。*は、カルボニル基との結合手を表す。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin X, a resin Y, a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and a solvent,
    The resin X is a resin whose solubility in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid, and is one kind selected from a repeating unit A derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the following monomer group A and one kind selected from the following monomer group B: A repeating unit B derived from the above monomer,
    The resin Y contains at least one repeating unit of a repeating unit D1 containing a group represented by the following formula (I) and a repeating unit D2 derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (II),
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein a film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition has a receding contact angle with water of 73 ° or more.
    Monomer group A:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Monomer group B:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In formula (I), R 1 represents a monovalent alkali-dissociable group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. M represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. L represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and having a carbon atom bonded to an adjacent carbonyl group. The L and the M may be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic heterocyclic structure having 3 to 20 ring members. * Represents a bond.
    Formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the formula (II), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, or a halogen atom. R 12 represents a fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a group represented by the formula (IIA). R 13 and R 14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A 11 and A 12 are each independently alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or * -A 13 -X 11 - (A 14 -X 12) a-A 15 - represents a. * Represents a bond with an oxygen atom. However, in A 11 and A 12 , the carbon atom bonded to the oxygen atom is not a tertiary carbon atom. A 13 , A 14 and A 15 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. X 11 and X 12 each independently represent an oxygen atom, —CO—O—, or —O—CO—. a represents 0 or 1.
    Formula (IIA):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    Wherein (IIA), A T1 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which has ~ 1 carbon atoms which may 18 have a fluorine atom. X T1 represents —CO—O— or —O—CO—. A T2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, which may have a fluorine atom. However, at least one of A T1 and A T2 contains one or more fluorine atoms. * Represents a bond with the carbonyl group.
  2.  前記モノマー群Aが、下記モノマー群A1である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
      モノマー群A1:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the monomer group A is the following monomer group A1.
    Monomer group A1:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
  3.  前記モノマー群Bが、下記モノマー群B1である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
      モノマー群B1:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the monomer group B is the following monomer group B1.
    Monomer group B1:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
  4.  前記樹脂Xが、更に、下記モノマー群Cから選ばれる1種以上のモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位Cを含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
      モノマー群C:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the resin X further contains a repeating unit C derived from one or more kinds of monomers selected from the following monomer group C. Composition.
    Monomer group C:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
  5.  前記繰り返し単位Cが、下記式(c-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位である、請求項4に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the repeating unit C is a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (c-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
  6.  前記樹脂Xが、下記式(X-1)~(X-10)で表される樹脂である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    6. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin X is a resin represented by the following formulas (X-1) to (X-10). ..
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
  7.  前記活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物が、下記式(P-1)~(P-8)からなる群より選ばれる1種以上である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    7. The compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is one or more selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (P-1) to (P-8). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
  8.  前記繰り返し単位D1が下記式(Y-1)で表される繰り返し単位を含み、前記繰り返し単位D2が下記式(Y-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    8. The repeating unit D1 contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Y-1), and the repeating unit D2 contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (Y-2). Item 2. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
  9.  前記後退接触角が81°以上である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the receding contact angle is 81 ° or more.
  10.  更に、酸拡散制御剤を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which further comprises an acid diffusion controller.
  11.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて得られるレジスト膜。 A resist film obtained by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  12.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
     露光された前記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法。
    A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10,
    An exposure step of exposing the resist film,
    And a developing step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution.
  13.  前記露光工程が、スキャン速度が700mm/s以上の液浸露光工程である、請求項12に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 12, wherein the exposure step is a liquid immersion exposure step at a scan speed of 700 mm / s or more.
  14.  請求項12又は13に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to claim 12.
PCT/JP2019/044494 2018-11-22 2019-11-13 Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device WO2020105523A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020558319A JP7239611B2 (en) 2018-11-22 2019-11-13 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018219582 2018-11-22
JP2018-219582 2018-11-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020105523A1 true WO2020105523A1 (en) 2020-05-28

Family

ID=70773594

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/044494 WO2020105523A1 (en) 2018-11-22 2019-11-13 Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7239611B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2020105523A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023153296A1 (en) * 2022-02-08 2023-08-17 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern formation method

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014006491A (en) * 2011-11-07 2014-01-16 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film based on the same, and method of forming pattern
JP2016126309A (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-07-11 Jsr株式会社 Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer, and compound
JP2017072830A (en) * 2015-10-06 2017-04-13 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and production method of resist pattern
JP2018169485A (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-11-01 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern forming method, fluorine-containing polymer compound, and compound

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014006491A (en) * 2011-11-07 2014-01-16 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film based on the same, and method of forming pattern
JP2016126309A (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-07-11 Jsr株式会社 Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer, and compound
JP2017072830A (en) * 2015-10-06 2017-04-13 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and production method of resist pattern
JP2018169485A (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-11-01 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern forming method, fluorine-containing polymer compound, and compound

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023153296A1 (en) * 2022-02-08 2023-08-17 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern formation method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020105523A1 (en) 2021-10-14
JP7239611B2 (en) 2023-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7076570B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JPWO2018212079A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR102649466B1 (en) Active light ray-sensitive or rad iation- sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for produc ing electronic device
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
WO2020158417A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6727402B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2020158366A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2023082000A (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
JPWO2019026549A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7223765B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7212029B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019064961A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP7239611B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019187632A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polyester
WO2019188595A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, production method therefor, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
JP7336018B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition
JP7280957B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7191981B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7124094B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
JP7309888B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7344956B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2019174549A (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7178487B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition production method, pattern formation method, electronic device production method
JP7039715B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19887049

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020558319

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19887049

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1